linux/fs/namei.c

6580 lines
179 KiB

License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2017-11-01 15:07:57 +01:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
cgroups: implement device whitelist Implement a cgroup to track and enforce open and mknod restrictions on device files. A device cgroup associates a device access whitelist with each cgroup. A whitelist entry has 4 fields. 'type' is a (all), c (char), or b (block). 'all' means it applies to all types and all major and minor numbers. Major and minor are either an integer or * for all. Access is a composition of r (read), w (write), and m (mknod). The root device cgroup starts with rwm to 'all'. A child devcg gets a copy of the parent. Admins can then remove devices from the whitelist or add new entries. A child cgroup can never receive a device access which is denied its parent. However when a device access is removed from a parent it will not also be removed from the child(ren). An entry is added using devices.allow, and removed using devices.deny. For instance echo 'c 1:3 mr' > /cgroups/1/devices.allow allows cgroup 1 to read and mknod the device usually known as /dev/null. Doing echo a > /cgroups/1/devices.deny will remove the default 'a *:* mrw' entry. CAP_SYS_ADMIN is needed to change permissions or move another task to a new cgroup. A cgroup may not be granted more permissions than the cgroup's parent has. Any task can move itself between cgroups. This won't be sufficient, but we can decide the best way to adequately restrict movement later. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix may-be-used-uninitialized warning] Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Looks-good-to: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Cc: Daniel Hokka Zakrisson <daniel@hozac.com> Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com> Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com> Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 01:00:10 -07:00
vfs: fix bad hashing of dentries Josef Bacik found a performance regression between 3.2 and 3.10 and narrowed it down to commit bfcfaa77bdf0 ("vfs: use 'unsigned long' accesses for dcache name comparison and hashing"). He reports: "The test case is essentially for (i = 0; i < 1000000; i++) mkdir("a$i"); On xfs on a fio card this goes at about 20k dir/sec with 3.2, and 12k dir/sec with 3.10. This is because we spend waaaaay more time in __d_lookup on 3.10 than in 3.2. The new hashing function for strings is suboptimal for < sizeof(unsigned long) string names (and hell even > sizeof(unsigned long) string names that I've tested). I broke out the old hashing function and the new one into a userspace helper to get real numbers and this is what I'm getting: Old hash table had 1000000 entries, 0 dupes, 0 max dupes New hash table had 12628 entries, 987372 dupes, 900 max dupes We had 11400 buckets with a p50 of 30 dupes, p90 of 240 dupes, p99 of 567 dupes for the new hash My test does the hash, and then does the d_hash into a integer pointer array the same size as the dentry hash table on my system, and then just increments the value at the address we got to see how many entries we overlap with. As you can see the old hash function ended up with all 1 million entries in their own bucket, whereas the new one they are only distributed among ~12.5k buckets, which is why we're using so much more CPU in __d_lookup". The reason for this hash regression is two-fold: - On 64-bit architectures the down-mixing of the original 64-bit word-at-a-time hash into the final 32-bit hash value is very simplistic and suboptimal, and just adds the two 32-bit parts together. In particular, because there is no bit shuffling and the mixing boundary is also a byte boundary, similar character patterns in the low and high word easily end up just canceling each other out. - the old byte-at-a-time hash mixed each byte into the final hash as it hashed the path component name, resulting in the low bits of the hash generally being a good source of hash data. That is not true for the word-at-a-time case, and the hash data is distributed among all the bits. The fix is the same in both cases: do a better job of mixing the bits up and using as much of the hash data as possible. We already have the "hash_32|64()" functions to do that. Reported-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-09-13 11:30:10 -07:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
allow incomplete imports of filenames There are two filename-related problems in io_uring and its interplay with audit. Filenames are imported when request is submitted and used when it is processed. Unfortunately, the latter may very well happen in a different thread. In that case the reference to filename is put into the wrong audit_context - that of submitting thread, not the processing one. Audit logics is called by the latter, and it really wants to be able to find the names in audit_context current (== processing) thread. Another related problem is the headache with refcounts - normally all references to given struct filename are visible only to one thread (the one that uses that struct filename). io_uring violates that - an extra reference is stashed in audit_context of submitter. It gets dropped when submitter returns to userland, which can happen simultaneously with processing thread deciding to drop the reference it got. We paper over that by making refcount atomic, but that means pointless headache for everyone. Solution: the notion of partially imported filenames. Namely, already copied from userland, but *not* exposed to audit yet. io_uring can create that in submitter thread, and complete the import (obtaining the usual reference to struct filename) in processing thread. Object: struct delayed_filename. Primitives for working with it: delayed_getname(&delayed_filename, user_string) - copies the name from userland, returning 0 and stashing the address of (still incomplete) struct filename in delayed_filename on success and returning -E... on error. delayed_getname_uflags(&delayed_filename, user_string, atflags) - similar, in the same relation to delayed_getname() as getname_uflags() is to getname() complete_getname(&delayed_filename) - completes the import of filename stashed in delayed_filename and returns struct filename to caller, emptying delayed_filename. CLASS(filename_complete_delayed, name)(&delayed_filename) - variant of CLASS(filename) with complete_getname() for constructor. dismiss_delayed_filename(&delayed_filename) - destructor; drops whatever might be stashed in delayed_filename, emptying it. putname_to_delayed(&delayed_filename, name) - if name is shared, stashes its copy into delayed_filename and drops the reference to name, otherwise stashes the name itself in there. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-11-01 20:29:06 -04:00
fs: rename current get acl method The current way of setting and getting posix acls through the generic xattr interface is error prone and type unsafe. The vfs needs to interpret and fixup posix acls before storing or reporting it to userspace. Various hacks exist to make this work. The code is hard to understand and difficult to maintain in it's current form. Instead of making this work by hacking posix acls through xattr handlers we are building a dedicated posix acl api around the get and set inode operations. This removes a lot of hackiness and makes the codepaths easier to maintain. A lot of background can be found in [1]. The current inode operation for getting posix acls takes an inode argument but various filesystems (e.g., 9p, cifs, overlayfs) need access to the dentry. In contrast to the ->set_acl() inode operation we cannot simply extend ->get_acl() to take a dentry argument. The ->get_acl() inode operation is called from: acl_permission_check() -> check_acl() -> get_acl() which is part of generic_permission() which in turn is part of inode_permission(). Both generic_permission() and inode_permission() are called in the ->permission() handler of various filesystems (e.g., overlayfs). So simply passing a dentry argument to ->get_acl() would amount to also having to pass a dentry argument to ->permission(). We should avoid this unnecessary change. So instead of extending the existing inode operation rename it from ->get_acl() to ->get_inode_acl() and add a ->get_acl() method later that passes a dentry argument and which filesystems that need access to the dentry can implement instead of ->get_inode_acl(). Filesystems like cifs which allow setting and getting posix acls but not using them for permission checking during lookup can simply not implement ->get_inode_acl(). This is intended to be a non-functional change. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20220801145520.1532837-1-brauner@kernel.org [1] Suggested-by/Inspired-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-09-22 17:17:00 +02:00
posix_acl: Inode acl caching fixes When get_acl() is called for an inode whose ACL is not cached yet, the get_acl inode operation is called to fetch the ACL from the filesystem. The inode operation is responsible for updating the cached acl with set_cached_acl(). This is done without locking at the VFS level, so another task can call set_cached_acl() or forget_cached_acl() before the get_acl inode operation gets to calling set_cached_acl(), and then get_acl's call to set_cached_acl() results in caching an outdate ACL. Prevent this from happening by setting the cached ACL pointer to a task-specific sentinel value before calling the get_acl inode operation. Move the responsibility for updating the cached ACL from the get_acl inode operations to get_acl(). There, only set the cached ACL if the sentinel value hasn't changed. The sentinel values are chosen to have odd values. Likewise, the value of ACL_NOT_CACHED is odd. In contrast, ACL object pointers always have an even value (ACLs are aligned in memory). This allows to distinguish uncached ACLs values from ACL objects. In addition, switch from guarding inode->i_acl and inode->i_default_acl upates by the inode->i_lock spinlock to using xchg() and cmpxchg(). Filesystems that do not want ACLs returned from their get_acl inode operations to be cached must call forget_cached_acl() to prevent the VFS from doing so. (Patch written by Al Viro and Andreas Gruenbacher.) Signed-off-by: Andreas Gruenbacher <agruenba@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-03-24 14:38:37 +01:00
fs: rename current get acl method The current way of setting and getting posix acls through the generic xattr interface is error prone and type unsafe. The vfs needs to interpret and fixup posix acls before storing or reporting it to userspace. Various hacks exist to make this work. The code is hard to understand and difficult to maintain in it's current form. Instead of making this work by hacking posix acls through xattr handlers we are building a dedicated posix acl api around the get and set inode operations. This removes a lot of hackiness and makes the codepaths easier to maintain. A lot of background can be found in [1]. The current inode operation for getting posix acls takes an inode argument but various filesystems (e.g., 9p, cifs, overlayfs) need access to the dentry. In contrast to the ->set_acl() inode operation we cannot simply extend ->get_acl() to take a dentry argument. The ->get_acl() inode operation is called from: acl_permission_check() -> check_acl() -> get_acl() which is part of generic_permission() which in turn is part of inode_permission(). Both generic_permission() and inode_permission() are called in the ->permission() handler of various filesystems (e.g., overlayfs). So simply passing a dentry argument to ->get_acl() would amount to also having to pass a dentry argument to ->permission(). We should avoid this unnecessary change. So instead of extending the existing inode operation rename it from ->get_acl() to ->get_inode_acl() and add a ->get_acl() method later that passes a dentry argument and which filesystems that need access to the dentry can implement instead of ->get_inode_acl(). Filesystems like cifs which allow setting and getting posix acls but not using them for permission checking during lookup can simply not implement ->get_inode_acl(). This is intended to be a non-functional change. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20220801145520.1532837-1-brauner@kernel.org [1] Suggested-by/Inspired-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-09-22 17:17:00 +02:00
2025-11-07 15:21:47 +01:00
2025-11-07 15:21:47 +01:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
fs: Teach path_connected to handle nfs filesystems with multiple roots. On nfsv2 and nfsv3 the nfs server can export subsets of the same filesystem and report the same filesystem identifier, so that the nfs client can know they are the same filesystem. The subsets can be from disjoint directory trees. The nfsv2 and nfsv3 filesystems provides no way to find the common root of all directory trees exported form the server with the same filesystem identifier. The practical result is that in struct super s_root for nfs s_root is not necessarily the root of the filesystem. The nfs mount code sets s_root to the root of the first subset of the nfs filesystem that the kernel mounts. This effects the dcache invalidation code in generic_shutdown_super currently called shrunk_dcache_for_umount and that code for years has gone through an additional list of dentries that might be dentry trees that need to be freed to accomodate nfs. When I wrote path_connected I did not realize nfs was so special, and it's hueristic for avoiding calling is_subdir can fail. The practical case where this fails is when there is a move of a directory from the subtree exposed by one nfs mount to the subtree exposed by another nfs mount. This move can happen either locally or remotely. With the remote case requiring that the move directory be cached before the move and that after the move someone walks the path to where the move directory now exists and in so doing causes the already cached directory to be moved in the dcache through the magic of d_splice_alias. If someone whose working directory is in the move directory or a subdirectory and now starts calling .. from the initial mount of nfs (where s_root == mnt_root), then path_connected as a heuristic will not bother with the is_subdir check. As s_root really is not the root of the nfs filesystem this heuristic is wrong, and the path may actually not be connected and path_connected can fail. The is_subdir function might be cheap enough that we can call it unconditionally. Verifying that will take some benchmarking and the result may not be the same on all kernels this fix needs to be backported to. So I am avoiding that for now. Filesystems with snapshots such as nilfs and btrfs do something similar. But as the directory tree of the snapshots are disjoint from one another and from the main directory tree rename won't move things between them and this problem will not occur. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Fixes: 397d425dc26d ("vfs: Test for and handle paths that are unreachable from their mnt_root") Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-03-14 18:20:29 -05:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
fs: add predicts based on nd->depth Stats from nd->depth usage during the venerable kernel build collected like so: bpftrace -e 'kprobe:terminate_walk,kprobe:walk_component,kprobe:legitimize_links { @[probe] = lhist(((struct nameidata *)arg0)->depth, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:legitimize_links]: [0, 1) 6554906 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 3534 | | @[kprobe:terminate_walk]: [0, 1) 12153664 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| @[kprobe:walk_component]: [0, 1) 53075749 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 971421 | | [2, 3) 84946 | | Additionally a custom probe was added for depth within link_path_walk(): bpftrace -e 'kprobe:link_path_walk_probe { @[probe] = lhist(arg0, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:link_path_walk_probe]: [0, 1) 7528231 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 407905 |@@ | Given these results: 1. terminate_walk() is called towards the end of the lookup and in this test it never had any links to clean up. 2. legitimize_links() is also called towards the end of lookup and most of the time there s 0 depth. Patch consumers to avoid calling into it in that case. 3. walk_component() is typically called with WALK_MORE and zero depth, checked in that order. Check depth first and predict it is 0. 4. link_path_walk() also does not deal with a symlink most of the time when !*name Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251119142954.2909394-1-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-19 15:29:54 +01:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
fs: add predicts based on nd->depth Stats from nd->depth usage during the venerable kernel build collected like so: bpftrace -e 'kprobe:terminate_walk,kprobe:walk_component,kprobe:legitimize_links { @[probe] = lhist(((struct nameidata *)arg0)->depth, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:legitimize_links]: [0, 1) 6554906 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 3534 | | @[kprobe:terminate_walk]: [0, 1) 12153664 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| @[kprobe:walk_component]: [0, 1) 53075749 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 971421 | | [2, 3) 84946 | | Additionally a custom probe was added for depth within link_path_walk(): bpftrace -e 'kprobe:link_path_walk_probe { @[probe] = lhist(arg0, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:link_path_walk_probe]: [0, 1) 7528231 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 407905 |@@ | Given these results: 1. terminate_walk() is called towards the end of the lookup and in this test it never had any links to clean up. 2. legitimize_links() is also called towards the end of lookup and most of the time there s 0 depth. Patch consumers to avoid calling into it in that case. 3. walk_component() is typically called with WALK_MORE and zero depth, checked in that order. Check depth first and predict it is 0. 4. link_path_walk() also does not deal with a symlink most of the time when !*name Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251119142954.2909394-1-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-19 15:29:54 +01:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
fs: add predicts based on nd->depth Stats from nd->depth usage during the venerable kernel build collected like so: bpftrace -e 'kprobe:terminate_walk,kprobe:walk_component,kprobe:legitimize_links { @[probe] = lhist(((struct nameidata *)arg0)->depth, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:legitimize_links]: [0, 1) 6554906 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 3534 | | @[kprobe:terminate_walk]: [0, 1) 12153664 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| @[kprobe:walk_component]: [0, 1) 53075749 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 971421 | | [2, 3) 84946 | | Additionally a custom probe was added for depth within link_path_walk(): bpftrace -e 'kprobe:link_path_walk_probe { @[probe] = lhist(arg0, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:link_path_walk_probe]: [0, 1) 7528231 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 407905 |@@ | Given these results: 1. terminate_walk() is called towards the end of the lookup and in this test it never had any links to clean up. 2. legitimize_links() is also called towards the end of lookup and most of the time there s 0 depth. Patch consumers to avoid calling into it in that case. 3. walk_component() is typically called with WALK_MORE and zero depth, checked in that order. Check depth first and predict it is 0. 4. link_path_walk() also does not deal with a symlink most of the time when !*name Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251119142954.2909394-1-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-19 15:29:54 +01:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Pass parent directory inode and expected name to ->d_revalidate() ->d_revalidate() often needs to access dentry parent and name; that has to be done carefully, since the locking environment varies from caller to caller. We are not guaranteed that dentry in question will not be moved right under us - not unless the filesystem is such that nothing on it ever gets renamed. It can be dealt with, but that results in boilerplate code that isn't even needed - the callers normally have just found the dentry via dcache lookup and want to verify that it's in the right place; they already have the values of ->d_parent and ->d_name stable. There is a couple of exceptions (overlayfs and, to less extent, ecryptfs), but for the majority of calls that song and dance is not needed at all. It's easier to make ecryptfs and overlayfs find and pass those values if there's a ->d_revalidate() instance to be called, rather than doing that in the instances. This commit only changes the calling conventions; making use of supplied values is left to followups. NOTE: some instances need more than just the parent - things like CIFS may need to build an entire path from filesystem root, so they need more precautions than the usual boilerplate. This series doesn't do anything to that need - these filesystems have to keep their locking mechanisms (rename_lock loops, use of dentry_path_raw(), private rwsem a-la v9fs). One thing to keep in mind when using name is that name->name will normally point into the pathname being resolved; the filename in question occupies name->len bytes starting at name->name, and there is NUL somewhere after it, but it the next byte might very well be '/' rather than '\0'. Do not ignore name->len. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <gabriel@krisman.be> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2024-12-08 00:28:51 -05:00
Pass parent directory inode and expected name to ->d_revalidate() ->d_revalidate() often needs to access dentry parent and name; that has to be done carefully, since the locking environment varies from caller to caller. We are not guaranteed that dentry in question will not be moved right under us - not unless the filesystem is such that nothing on it ever gets renamed. It can be dealt with, but that results in boilerplate code that isn't even needed - the callers normally have just found the dentry via dcache lookup and want to verify that it's in the right place; they already have the values of ->d_parent and ->d_name stable. There is a couple of exceptions (overlayfs and, to less extent, ecryptfs), but for the majority of calls that song and dance is not needed at all. It's easier to make ecryptfs and overlayfs find and pass those values if there's a ->d_revalidate() instance to be called, rather than doing that in the instances. This commit only changes the calling conventions; making use of supplied values is left to followups. NOTE: some instances need more than just the parent - things like CIFS may need to build an entire path from filesystem root, so they need more precautions than the usual boilerplate. This series doesn't do anything to that need - these filesystems have to keep their locking mechanisms (rename_lock loops, use of dentry_path_raw(), private rwsem a-la v9fs). One thing to keep in mind when using name is that name->name will normally point into the pathname being resolved; the filename in question occupies name->len bytes starting at name->name, and there is NUL somewhere after it, but it the next byte might very well be '/' rather than '\0'. Do not ignore name->len. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <gabriel@krisman.be> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2024-12-08 00:28:51 -05:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
vfs: kill FS_REVAL_DOT by adding a d_weak_revalidate dentry op The following set of operations on a NFS client and server will cause server# mkdir a client# cd a server# mv a a.bak client# sleep 30 # (or whatever the dir attrcache timeout is) client# stat . stat: cannot stat `.': Stale NFS file handle Obviously, we should not be getting an ESTALE error back there since the inode still exists on the server. The problem is that the lookup code will call d_revalidate on the dentry that "." refers to, because NFS has FS_REVAL_DOT set. nfs_lookup_revalidate will see that the parent directory has changed and will try to reverify the dentry by redoing a LOOKUP. That of course fails, so the lookup code returns ESTALE. The problem here is that d_revalidate is really a bad fit for this case. What we really want to know at this point is whether the inode is still good or not, but we don't really care what name it goes by or whether the dcache is still valid. Add a new d_op->d_weak_revalidate operation and have complete_walk call that instead of d_revalidate. The intent there is to allow for a "weaker" d_revalidate that just checks to see whether the inode is still good. This is also gives us an opportunity to kill off the FS_REVAL_DOT special casing. [AV: changed method name, added note in porting, fixed confusion re having it possibly called from RCU mode (it won't be)] Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-02-20 11:19:05 -05:00
vfs: kill FS_REVAL_DOT by adding a d_weak_revalidate dentry op The following set of operations on a NFS client and server will cause server# mkdir a client# cd a server# mv a a.bak client# sleep 30 # (or whatever the dir attrcache timeout is) client# stat . stat: cannot stat `.': Stale NFS file handle Obviously, we should not be getting an ESTALE error back there since the inode still exists on the server. The problem is that the lookup code will call d_revalidate on the dentry that "." refers to, because NFS has FS_REVAL_DOT set. nfs_lookup_revalidate will see that the parent directory has changed and will try to reverify the dentry by redoing a LOOKUP. That of course fails, so the lookup code returns ESTALE. The problem here is that d_revalidate is really a bad fit for this case. What we really want to know at this point is whether the inode is still good or not, but we don't really care what name it goes by or whether the dcache is still valid. Add a new d_op->d_weak_revalidate operation and have complete_walk call that instead of d_revalidate. The intent there is to allow for a "weaker" d_revalidate that just checks to see whether the inode is still good. This is also gives us an opportunity to kill off the FS_REVAL_DOT special casing. [AV: changed method name, added note in porting, fixed confusion re having it possibly called from RCU mode (it won't be)] Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-02-20 11:19:05 -05:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_NO_XDEV: block mountpoint crossing /* Background. */ The need to contain path operations within a mountpoint has been a long-standing usecase that userspace has historically implemented manually with liberal usage of stat(). find, rsync, tar and many other programs implement these semantics -- but it'd be much simpler to have a fool-proof way of refusing to open a path if it crosses a mountpoint. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[1] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[2], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[3]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_NO_XDEV will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_NO_XDEV applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_NO_XDEV, any path component which crosses a mount-point during path resolution (including "..") will yield an -EXDEV. Absolute paths, absolute symlinks, and magic-links will only yield an -EXDEV if the jump involved changing mount-points. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_NO_XDEV is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:32 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS: block magic-link resolution /* Background. */ There has always been a special class of symlink-like objects in procfs (and a few other pseudo-filesystems) which allow for non-lexical resolution of paths using nd_jump_link(). These "magic-links" do not follow traditional mount namespace boundaries, and have been used consistently in container escape attacks because they can be used to trick unsuspecting privileged processes into resolving unexpected paths. It is also non-trivial for userspace to unambiguously avoid resolving magic-links, because they do not have a reliable indication that they are a magic-link (in order to verify them you'd have to manually open the path given by readlink(2) and then verify that the two file descriptors reference the same underlying file, which is plagued with possible race conditions or supplementary attack scenarios). It would therefore be very helpful for userspace to be able to avoid these symlinks easily, thus hopefully removing a tool from attackers' toolboxes. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[1] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[2], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[3]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS, any magic-link path component encountered during path resolution will yield -ELOOP. The handling of ~LOOKUP_FOLLOW for a trailing magic-link is identical to LOOKUP_NO_SYMLINKS. LOOKUP_NO_SYMLINKS implies LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:31 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS: block magic-link resolution /* Background. */ There has always been a special class of symlink-like objects in procfs (and a few other pseudo-filesystems) which allow for non-lexical resolution of paths using nd_jump_link(). These "magic-links" do not follow traditional mount namespace boundaries, and have been used consistently in container escape attacks because they can be used to trick unsuspecting privileged processes into resolving unexpected paths. It is also non-trivial for userspace to unambiguously avoid resolving magic-links, because they do not have a reliable indication that they are a magic-link (in order to verify them you'd have to manually open the path given by readlink(2) and then verify that the two file descriptors reference the same underlying file, which is plagued with possible race conditions or supplementary attack scenarios). It would therefore be very helpful for userspace to be able to avoid these symlinks easily, thus hopefully removing a tool from attackers' toolboxes. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[1] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[2], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[3]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS, any magic-link path component encountered during path resolution will yield -ELOOP. The handling of ~LOOKUP_FOLLOW for a trailing magic-link is identical to LOOKUP_NO_SYMLINKS. LOOKUP_NO_SYMLINKS implies LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:31 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_NO_XDEV: block mountpoint crossing /* Background. */ The need to contain path operations within a mountpoint has been a long-standing usecase that userspace has historically implemented manually with liberal usage of stat(). find, rsync, tar and many other programs implement these semantics -- but it'd be much simpler to have a fool-proof way of refusing to open a path if it crosses a mountpoint. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[1] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[2], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[3]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_NO_XDEV will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_NO_XDEV applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_NO_XDEV, any path component which crosses a mount-point during path resolution (including "..") will yield an -EXDEV. Absolute paths, absolute symlinks, and magic-links will only yield an -EXDEV if the jump involved changing mount-points. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_NO_XDEV is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:32 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_NO_XDEV: block mountpoint crossing /* Background. */ The need to contain path operations within a mountpoint has been a long-standing usecase that userspace has historically implemented manually with liberal usage of stat(). find, rsync, tar and many other programs implement these semantics -- but it'd be much simpler to have a fool-proof way of refusing to open a path if it crosses a mountpoint. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[1] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[2], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[3]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_NO_XDEV will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_NO_XDEV applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_NO_XDEV, any path component which crosses a mount-point during path resolution (including "..") will yield an -EXDEV. Absolute paths, absolute symlinks, and magic-links will only yield an -EXDEV if the jump involved changing mount-points. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_NO_XDEV is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:32 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS: block magic-link resolution /* Background. */ There has always been a special class of symlink-like objects in procfs (and a few other pseudo-filesystems) which allow for non-lexical resolution of paths using nd_jump_link(). These "magic-links" do not follow traditional mount namespace boundaries, and have been used consistently in container escape attacks because they can be used to trick unsuspecting privileged processes into resolving unexpected paths. It is also non-trivial for userspace to unambiguously avoid resolving magic-links, because they do not have a reliable indication that they are a magic-link (in order to verify them you'd have to manually open the path given by readlink(2) and then verify that the two file descriptors reference the same underlying file, which is plagued with possible race conditions or supplementary attack scenarios). It would therefore be very helpful for userspace to be able to avoid these symlinks easily, thus hopefully removing a tool from attackers' toolboxes. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[1] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[2], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[3]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS, any magic-link path component encountered during path resolution will yield -ELOOP. The handling of ~LOOKUP_FOLLOW for a trailing magic-link is identical to LOOKUP_NO_SYMLINKS. LOOKUP_NO_SYMLINKS implies LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:31 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS: block magic-link resolution /* Background. */ There has always been a special class of symlink-like objects in procfs (and a few other pseudo-filesystems) which allow for non-lexical resolution of paths using nd_jump_link(). These "magic-links" do not follow traditional mount namespace boundaries, and have been used consistently in container escape attacks because they can be used to trick unsuspecting privileged processes into resolving unexpected paths. It is also non-trivial for userspace to unambiguously avoid resolving magic-links, because they do not have a reliable indication that they are a magic-link (in order to verify them you'd have to manually open the path given by readlink(2) and then verify that the two file descriptors reference the same underlying file, which is plagued with possible race conditions or supplementary attack scenarios). It would therefore be very helpful for userspace to be able to avoid these symlinks easily, thus hopefully removing a tool from attackers' toolboxes. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[1] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[2], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[3]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS, any magic-link path component encountered during path resolution will yield -ELOOP. The handling of ~LOOKUP_FOLLOW for a trailing magic-link is identical to LOOKUP_NO_SYMLINKS. LOOKUP_NO_SYMLINKS implies LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:31 +11:00
treewide: const qualify ctl_tables where applicable Add the const qualifier to all the ctl_tables in the tree except for watchdog_hardlockup_sysctl, memory_allocation_profiling_sysctls, loadpin_sysctl_table and the ones calling register_net_sysctl (./net, drivers/inifiniband dirs). These are special cases as they use a registration function with a non-const qualified ctl_table argument or modify the arrays before passing them on to the registration function. Constifying ctl_table structs will prevent the modification of proc_handler function pointers as the arrays would reside in .rodata. This is made possible after commit 78eb4ea25cd5 ("sysctl: treewide: constify the ctl_table argument of proc_handlers") constified all the proc_handlers. Created this by running an spatch followed by a sed command: Spatch: virtual patch @ depends on !(file in "net") disable optional_qualifier @ identifier table_name != { watchdog_hardlockup_sysctl, iwcm_ctl_table, ucma_ctl_table, memory_allocation_profiling_sysctls, loadpin_sysctl_table }; @@ + const struct ctl_table table_name [] = { ... }; sed: sed --in-place \ -e "s/struct ctl_table .table = &uts_kern/const struct ctl_table *table = \&uts_kern/" \ kernel/utsname_sysctl.c Reviewed-by: Song Liu <song@kernel.org> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt (Google) <rostedt@goodmis.org> # for kernel/trace/ Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> # SCSI Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> # xfs Acked-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Acked-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com> Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu@kernel.org> Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Bill O'Donnell <bodonnel@redhat.com> Acked-by: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com> Acked-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com> Acked-by: Anna Schumaker <anna.schumaker@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Joel Granados <joel.granados@kernel.org>
2025-01-28 13:48:37 +01:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
namei: fix kernel-doc for struct renamedata and more Fix kernel-doc warnings in namei.c: ../fs/namei.c:1149: warning: Excess function parameter 'dir_mode' description in 'may_create_in_sticky' ../fs/namei.c:1149: warning: Excess function parameter 'dir_uid' description in 'may_create_in_sticky' ../fs/namei.c:3396: warning: Function parameter or member 'open_flag' not described in 'vfs_tmpfile' ../fs/namei.c:3396: warning: Excess function parameter 'open_flags' description in 'vfs_tmpfile' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Function parameter or member 'rd' not described in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_mnt_userns' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_dir' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_dentry' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_mnt_userns' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_dir' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_dentry' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'delegated_inode' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'flags' description in 'vfs_rename' Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210216042929.8931-3-rdunlap@infradead.org Fixes: 9fe61450972d ("namei: introduce struct renamedata") Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-02-15 20:29:28 -08:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
Pass parent directory inode and expected name to ->d_revalidate() ->d_revalidate() often needs to access dentry parent and name; that has to be done carefully, since the locking environment varies from caller to caller. We are not guaranteed that dentry in question will not be moved right under us - not unless the filesystem is such that nothing on it ever gets renamed. It can be dealt with, but that results in boilerplate code that isn't even needed - the callers normally have just found the dentry via dcache lookup and want to verify that it's in the right place; they already have the values of ->d_parent and ->d_name stable. There is a couple of exceptions (overlayfs and, to less extent, ecryptfs), but for the majority of calls that song and dance is not needed at all. It's easier to make ecryptfs and overlayfs find and pass those values if there's a ->d_revalidate() instance to be called, rather than doing that in the instances. This commit only changes the calling conventions; making use of supplied values is left to followups. NOTE: some instances need more than just the parent - things like CIFS may need to build an entire path from filesystem root, so they need more precautions than the usual boilerplate. This series doesn't do anything to that need - these filesystems have to keep their locking mechanisms (rename_lock loops, use of dentry_path_raw(), private rwsem a-la v9fs). One thing to keep in mind when using name is that name->name will normally point into the pathname being resolved; the filename in question occupies name->len bytes starting at name->name, and there is NUL somewhere after it, but it the next byte might very well be '/' rather than '\0'. Do not ignore name->len. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <gabriel@krisman.be> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2024-12-08 00:28:51 -05:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
vfs: clean up __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() interfaces The calling conventions for __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() are annoying in different ways, and there is actually one single underlying reason for both of the annoyances. The fundamental reason is that we do the returned dentry sequence number check inside __d_lookup_rcu() instead of doing it in the caller. This results in two annoyances: - __d_lookup_rcu() now not only needs to return the dentry and the sequence number that goes along with the lookup, it also needs to return the inode pointer that was validated by that sequence number check. - and because we did the sequence number check early (to validate the name pointer and length) we also couldn't just pass the dentry itself to dentry_cmp(), we had to pass the counted string that contained the name. So that sequence number decision caused two separate ugly calling conventions. Both of these problems would be solved if we just did the sequence number check in the caller instead. There's only one caller, and that caller already has to do the sequence number check for the parent anyway, so just do that. That allows us to stop returning the dentry->d_inode in that in-out argument (pointer-to-pointer-to-inode), so we can make the inode argument just a regular input inode pointer. The caller can just load the inode from dentry->d_inode, and then do the sequence number check after that to make sure that it's synchronized with the name we looked up. And it allows us to just pass in the dentry to dentry_cmp(), which is what all the callers really wanted. Sure, dentry_cmp() has to be a bit careful about the dentry (which is not stable during RCU lookup), but that's actually very simple. And now that dentry_cmp() can clearly see that the first string argument is a dentry, we can use the direct word access for that, instead of the careful unaligned zero-padding. The dentry name is always properly aligned, since it is a single path component that is either embedded into the dentry itself, or was allocated with kmalloc() (see __d_alloc). Finally, this also uninlines the nasty slow-case for dentry comparisons: that one *does* need to do a sequence number check, since it will call in to the low-level filesystems, and we want to give those a stable inode pointer and path component length/start arguments. Doing an extra sequence check for that slow case is not a problem, though. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-04 14:59:14 -07:00
Pass parent directory inode and expected name to ->d_revalidate() ->d_revalidate() often needs to access dentry parent and name; that has to be done carefully, since the locking environment varies from caller to caller. We are not guaranteed that dentry in question will not be moved right under us - not unless the filesystem is such that nothing on it ever gets renamed. It can be dealt with, but that results in boilerplate code that isn't even needed - the callers normally have just found the dentry via dcache lookup and want to verify that it's in the right place; they already have the values of ->d_parent and ->d_name stable. There is a couple of exceptions (overlayfs and, to less extent, ecryptfs), but for the majority of calls that song and dance is not needed at all. It's easier to make ecryptfs and overlayfs find and pass those values if there's a ->d_revalidate() instance to be called, rather than doing that in the instances. This commit only changes the calling conventions; making use of supplied values is left to followups. NOTE: some instances need more than just the parent - things like CIFS may need to build an entire path from filesystem root, so they need more precautions than the usual boilerplate. This series doesn't do anything to that need - these filesystems have to keep their locking mechanisms (rename_lock loops, use of dentry_path_raw(), private rwsem a-la v9fs). One thing to keep in mind when using name is that name->name will normally point into the pathname being resolved; the filename in question occupies name->len bytes starting at name->name, and there is NUL somewhere after it, but it the next byte might very well be '/' rather than '\0'. Do not ignore name->len. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <gabriel@krisman.be> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2024-12-08 00:28:51 -05:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
Pass parent directory inode and expected name to ->d_revalidate() ->d_revalidate() often needs to access dentry parent and name; that has to be done carefully, since the locking environment varies from caller to caller. We are not guaranteed that dentry in question will not be moved right under us - not unless the filesystem is such that nothing on it ever gets renamed. It can be dealt with, but that results in boilerplate code that isn't even needed - the callers normally have just found the dentry via dcache lookup and want to verify that it's in the right place; they already have the values of ->d_parent and ->d_name stable. There is a couple of exceptions (overlayfs and, to less extent, ecryptfs), but for the majority of calls that song and dance is not needed at all. It's easier to make ecryptfs and overlayfs find and pass those values if there's a ->d_revalidate() instance to be called, rather than doing that in the instances. This commit only changes the calling conventions; making use of supplied values is left to followups. NOTE: some instances need more than just the parent - things like CIFS may need to build an entire path from filesystem root, so they need more precautions than the usual boilerplate. This series doesn't do anything to that need - these filesystems have to keep their locking mechanisms (rename_lock loops, use of dentry_path_raw(), private rwsem a-la v9fs). One thing to keep in mind when using name is that name->name will normally point into the pathname being resolved; the filename in question occupies name->len bytes starting at name->name, and there is NUL somewhere after it, but it the next byte might very well be '/' rather than '\0'. Do not ignore name->len. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <gabriel@krisman.be> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2024-12-08 00:28:51 -05:00
Pass parent directory inode and expected name to ->d_revalidate() ->d_revalidate() often needs to access dentry parent and name; that has to be done carefully, since the locking environment varies from caller to caller. We are not guaranteed that dentry in question will not be moved right under us - not unless the filesystem is such that nothing on it ever gets renamed. It can be dealt with, but that results in boilerplate code that isn't even needed - the callers normally have just found the dentry via dcache lookup and want to verify that it's in the right place; they already have the values of ->d_parent and ->d_name stable. There is a couple of exceptions (overlayfs and, to less extent, ecryptfs), but for the majority of calls that song and dance is not needed at all. It's easier to make ecryptfs and overlayfs find and pass those values if there's a ->d_revalidate() instance to be called, rather than doing that in the instances. This commit only changes the calling conventions; making use of supplied values is left to followups. NOTE: some instances need more than just the parent - things like CIFS may need to build an entire path from filesystem root, so they need more precautions than the usual boilerplate. This series doesn't do anything to that need - these filesystems have to keep their locking mechanisms (rename_lock loops, use of dentry_path_raw(), private rwsem a-la v9fs). One thing to keep in mind when using name is that name->name will normally point into the pathname being resolved; the filename in question occupies name->len bytes starting at name->name, and there is NUL somewhere after it, but it the next byte might very well be '/' rather than '\0'. Do not ignore name->len. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <gabriel@krisman.be> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2024-12-08 00:28:51 -05:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
VFS: use wait_var_event for waiting in d_alloc_parallel() Parallel lookup starts with a call of d_alloc_parallel(). That primitive either returns a matching hashed dentry or allocates a new one in the in-lookup state and returns it to the caller. Once the caller is done with lookup, it indicates so either by call of d_{splice_alias,add}() or by call of d_done_lookup(); at that point dentry leaves the in-lookup state. If d_alloc_parallel() finds a matching in-lookup dentry, it must wait for that dentry to leave the in-lookup state, one way or another. Currently by supplying wait_queue_head to d_alloc_parallel(). If d_alloc_parallel() creates a new in-lookup dentry, the address of that wait_queue_head is stored in ->d_wait of new dentry and stays there while it's in the in-lookup; subsequent d_alloc_parallel() will wait on the queue found in the matching in-lookup dentry. Transition out of in-lookup state wakes waiters on that queue (if any). That works, but the calling conventions are inconvenient - the caller must supply wait_queue_head and make sure that it survives at least until the new in-lookup dentry leaves the in-lookup state. That amounts to boilerplate in the d_alloc_parallel() callers that are followed by a call of d_lookup_done() in the same function; in cases like nfs asynchronous unlink it gets worse than that. This patch changes d_alloc_parallel() to use wake_up_var_locked() to wake up waiters, and wait_var_event_spinlock() to wait. dentry->d_lock is used for synchronisation as it is already held and the relevant times. That eliminates the need of caller-supplied wait_queue_head, simplifying the calling conventions. Better yet, we only need one bit of information stored in dentry itself: whether there are any waiters to be woken up, and that can be easily stored in ->d_flags; ->d_wait goes away. The reason we need that bit (DCACHE_LOOKUP_WAITERS) is that with wait_var machinery the queues are shared with all kinds of stuff and there's no way tell if any of the waiters have anything to do with our dentry; most of the time none of them will be relevant, so we need to avoid the pointless wakeups. Another benefit of the new scheme comes from the fact that wakeups have to be done outside of write-side critical areas of ->i_dir_seq; with the old scheme we need to carry the value picked from ->d_wait from __d_lookup_unhash() to the place where we actually wake the waiters up. Now we can just leave DCACHE_LOOKUP_WAITERS in ->d_flags until we get to doing wakeups - that's done within the same ->d_lock scope, so we are fine; new bit is accessed only under ->d_lock and it's seen only on dentries with DCACHE_PAR_LOOKUP in ->d_flags. __d_lookup_unhash() no longer needs to re-init ->d_lru. That was previously shared (in a union) with ->d_wait but ->d_wait is now gone so it no longer corrupts ->d_lru. Co-developed-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> # saner handling of flags Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2026-04-30 15:42:43 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
Pass parent directory inode and expected name to ->d_revalidate() ->d_revalidate() often needs to access dentry parent and name; that has to be done carefully, since the locking environment varies from caller to caller. We are not guaranteed that dentry in question will not be moved right under us - not unless the filesystem is such that nothing on it ever gets renamed. It can be dealt with, but that results in boilerplate code that isn't even needed - the callers normally have just found the dentry via dcache lookup and want to verify that it's in the right place; they already have the values of ->d_parent and ->d_name stable. There is a couple of exceptions (overlayfs and, to less extent, ecryptfs), but for the majority of calls that song and dance is not needed at all. It's easier to make ecryptfs and overlayfs find and pass those values if there's a ->d_revalidate() instance to be called, rather than doing that in the instances. This commit only changes the calling conventions; making use of supplied values is left to followups. NOTE: some instances need more than just the parent - things like CIFS may need to build an entire path from filesystem root, so they need more precautions than the usual boilerplate. This series doesn't do anything to that need - these filesystems have to keep their locking mechanisms (rename_lock loops, use of dentry_path_raw(), private rwsem a-la v9fs). One thing to keep in mind when using name is that name->name will normally point into the pathname being resolved; the filename in question occupies name->len bytes starting at name->name, and there is NUL somewhere after it, but it the next byte might very well be '/' rather than '\0'. Do not ignore name->len. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <gabriel@krisman.be> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2024-12-08 00:28:51 -05:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
2025-11-07 15:21:47 +01:00
2025-11-07 15:21:47 +01:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
fs: inline step_into() and walk_component() The primary consumer is link_path_walk(), calling walk_component() every time which in turn calls step_into(). Inlining these saves overhead of 2 function calls per path component, along with allowing the compiler to do better job optimizing them in place. step_into() had absolutely atrocious assembly to facilitate the slowpath. In order to lessen the burden at the callsite all the hard work is moved into step_into_slowpath() and instead an inline-able fastpath is implemented for rcu-walk. The new fastpath is a stripped down step_into() RCU handling with a d_managed() check from handle_mounts(). Benchmarked as follows on Sapphire Rapids: 1. the "before" was a kernel with not-yet-merged optimizations (notably elision of calls to security_inode_permission() and marking ext4 inodes as not having acls as applicable) 2. "after" is the same + the prep patch + this patch 3. benchmark consists of issuing 205 calls to access(2) in a loop with pathnames lifted out of gcc and the linker building real code, most of which have several path components and 118 of which fail with -ENOENT. Result in terms of ops/s: before: 21619 after: 22536 (+4%) profile before: 20.25% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 10.54% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 10.22% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 6.50% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.35% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 4.87% [kernel] [k] step_into 3.68% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.88% [kernel] [k] walk_component 2.86% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.14% [kernel] [k] set_root 2.08% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast after: 23.38% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 11.27% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 10.89% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 7.00% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.88% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 3.50% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.01% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.00% [kernel] [k] set_root 1.99% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast 1.81% [kernel] [k] do_syscall_64 1.69% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64_safe_stack While walk_component() and step_into() of course disappear from the profile, the link_path_walk() barely gets more overhead despite the inlining thanks to the fast path added and while completing more walks per second. I did not investigate why overhead grew a lot on __d_lookup_rcu(). Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251120003803.2979978-2-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-20 01:38:03 +01:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
fs: inline step_into() and walk_component() The primary consumer is link_path_walk(), calling walk_component() every time which in turn calls step_into(). Inlining these saves overhead of 2 function calls per path component, along with allowing the compiler to do better job optimizing them in place. step_into() had absolutely atrocious assembly to facilitate the slowpath. In order to lessen the burden at the callsite all the hard work is moved into step_into_slowpath() and instead an inline-able fastpath is implemented for rcu-walk. The new fastpath is a stripped down step_into() RCU handling with a d_managed() check from handle_mounts(). Benchmarked as follows on Sapphire Rapids: 1. the "before" was a kernel with not-yet-merged optimizations (notably elision of calls to security_inode_permission() and marking ext4 inodes as not having acls as applicable) 2. "after" is the same + the prep patch + this patch 3. benchmark consists of issuing 205 calls to access(2) in a loop with pathnames lifted out of gcc and the linker building real code, most of which have several path components and 118 of which fail with -ENOENT. Result in terms of ops/s: before: 21619 after: 22536 (+4%) profile before: 20.25% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 10.54% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 10.22% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 6.50% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.35% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 4.87% [kernel] [k] step_into 3.68% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.88% [kernel] [k] walk_component 2.86% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.14% [kernel] [k] set_root 2.08% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast after: 23.38% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 11.27% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 10.89% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 7.00% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.88% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 3.50% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.01% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.00% [kernel] [k] set_root 1.99% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast 1.81% [kernel] [k] do_syscall_64 1.69% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64_safe_stack While walk_component() and step_into() of course disappear from the profile, the link_path_walk() barely gets more overhead despite the inlining thanks to the fast path added and while completing more walks per second. I did not investigate why overhead grew a lot on __d_lookup_rcu(). Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251120003803.2979978-2-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-20 01:38:03 +01:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
fs: inline step_into() and walk_component() The primary consumer is link_path_walk(), calling walk_component() every time which in turn calls step_into(). Inlining these saves overhead of 2 function calls per path component, along with allowing the compiler to do better job optimizing them in place. step_into() had absolutely atrocious assembly to facilitate the slowpath. In order to lessen the burden at the callsite all the hard work is moved into step_into_slowpath() and instead an inline-able fastpath is implemented for rcu-walk. The new fastpath is a stripped down step_into() RCU handling with a d_managed() check from handle_mounts(). Benchmarked as follows on Sapphire Rapids: 1. the "before" was a kernel with not-yet-merged optimizations (notably elision of calls to security_inode_permission() and marking ext4 inodes as not having acls as applicable) 2. "after" is the same + the prep patch + this patch 3. benchmark consists of issuing 205 calls to access(2) in a loop with pathnames lifted out of gcc and the linker building real code, most of which have several path components and 118 of which fail with -ENOENT. Result in terms of ops/s: before: 21619 after: 22536 (+4%) profile before: 20.25% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 10.54% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 10.22% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 6.50% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.35% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 4.87% [kernel] [k] step_into 3.68% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.88% [kernel] [k] walk_component 2.86% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.14% [kernel] [k] set_root 2.08% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast after: 23.38% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 11.27% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 10.89% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 7.00% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.88% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 3.50% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.01% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.00% [kernel] [k] set_root 1.99% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast 1.81% [kernel] [k] do_syscall_64 1.69% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64_safe_stack While walk_component() and step_into() of course disappear from the profile, the link_path_walk() barely gets more overhead despite the inlining thanks to the fast path added and while completing more walks per second. I did not investigate why overhead grew a lot on __d_lookup_rcu(). Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251120003803.2979978-2-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-20 01:38:03 +01:00
fs: inline step_into() and walk_component() The primary consumer is link_path_walk(), calling walk_component() every time which in turn calls step_into(). Inlining these saves overhead of 2 function calls per path component, along with allowing the compiler to do better job optimizing them in place. step_into() had absolutely atrocious assembly to facilitate the slowpath. In order to lessen the burden at the callsite all the hard work is moved into step_into_slowpath() and instead an inline-able fastpath is implemented for rcu-walk. The new fastpath is a stripped down step_into() RCU handling with a d_managed() check from handle_mounts(). Benchmarked as follows on Sapphire Rapids: 1. the "before" was a kernel with not-yet-merged optimizations (notably elision of calls to security_inode_permission() and marking ext4 inodes as not having acls as applicable) 2. "after" is the same + the prep patch + this patch 3. benchmark consists of issuing 205 calls to access(2) in a loop with pathnames lifted out of gcc and the linker building real code, most of which have several path components and 118 of which fail with -ENOENT. Result in terms of ops/s: before: 21619 after: 22536 (+4%) profile before: 20.25% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 10.54% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 10.22% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 6.50% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.35% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 4.87% [kernel] [k] step_into 3.68% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.88% [kernel] [k] walk_component 2.86% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.14% [kernel] [k] set_root 2.08% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast after: 23.38% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 11.27% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 10.89% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 7.00% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.88% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 3.50% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.01% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.00% [kernel] [k] set_root 1.99% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast 1.81% [kernel] [k] do_syscall_64 1.69% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64_safe_stack While walk_component() and step_into() of course disappear from the profile, the link_path_walk() barely gets more overhead despite the inlining thanks to the fast path added and while completing more walks per second. I did not investigate why overhead grew a lot on __d_lookup_rcu(). Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251120003803.2979978-2-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-20 01:38:03 +01:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
fs: inline step_into() and walk_component() The primary consumer is link_path_walk(), calling walk_component() every time which in turn calls step_into(). Inlining these saves overhead of 2 function calls per path component, along with allowing the compiler to do better job optimizing them in place. step_into() had absolutely atrocious assembly to facilitate the slowpath. In order to lessen the burden at the callsite all the hard work is moved into step_into_slowpath() and instead an inline-able fastpath is implemented for rcu-walk. The new fastpath is a stripped down step_into() RCU handling with a d_managed() check from handle_mounts(). Benchmarked as follows on Sapphire Rapids: 1. the "before" was a kernel with not-yet-merged optimizations (notably elision of calls to security_inode_permission() and marking ext4 inodes as not having acls as applicable) 2. "after" is the same + the prep patch + this patch 3. benchmark consists of issuing 205 calls to access(2) in a loop with pathnames lifted out of gcc and the linker building real code, most of which have several path components and 118 of which fail with -ENOENT. Result in terms of ops/s: before: 21619 after: 22536 (+4%) profile before: 20.25% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 10.54% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 10.22% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 6.50% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.35% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 4.87% [kernel] [k] step_into 3.68% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.88% [kernel] [k] walk_component 2.86% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.14% [kernel] [k] set_root 2.08% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast after: 23.38% [kernel] [k] __d_lookup_rcu 11.27% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64 10.89% [kernel] [k] link_path_walk 7.00% libc.so.6 [.] __GI___access 6.88% [kernel] [k] strncpy_from_user 3.50% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc_noprof 2.01% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free 2.00% [kernel] [k] set_root 1.99% [kernel] [k] lookup_fast 1.81% [kernel] [k] do_syscall_64 1.69% [kernel] [k] entry_SYSCALL_64_safe_stack While walk_component() and step_into() of course disappear from the profile, the link_path_walk() barely gets more overhead despite the inlining thanks to the fast path added and while completing more walks per second. I did not investigate why overhead grew a lot on __d_lookup_rcu(). Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251120003803.2979978-2-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-20 01:38:03 +01:00
fs: add predicts based on nd->depth Stats from nd->depth usage during the venerable kernel build collected like so: bpftrace -e 'kprobe:terminate_walk,kprobe:walk_component,kprobe:legitimize_links { @[probe] = lhist(((struct nameidata *)arg0)->depth, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:legitimize_links]: [0, 1) 6554906 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 3534 | | @[kprobe:terminate_walk]: [0, 1) 12153664 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| @[kprobe:walk_component]: [0, 1) 53075749 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 971421 | | [2, 3) 84946 | | Additionally a custom probe was added for depth within link_path_walk(): bpftrace -e 'kprobe:link_path_walk_probe { @[probe] = lhist(arg0, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:link_path_walk_probe]: [0, 1) 7528231 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 407905 |@@ | Given these results: 1. terminate_walk() is called towards the end of the lookup and in this test it never had any links to clean up. 2. legitimize_links() is also called towards the end of lookup and most of the time there s 0 depth. Patch consumers to avoid calling into it in that case. 3. walk_component() is typically called with WALK_MORE and zero depth, checked in that order. Check depth first and predict it is 0. 4. link_path_walk() also does not deal with a symlink most of the time when !*name Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251119142954.2909394-1-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-19 15:29:54 +01:00
fs: add predicts based on nd->depth Stats from nd->depth usage during the venerable kernel build collected like so: bpftrace -e 'kprobe:terminate_walk,kprobe:walk_component,kprobe:legitimize_links { @[probe] = lhist(((struct nameidata *)arg0)->depth, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:legitimize_links]: [0, 1) 6554906 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 3534 | | @[kprobe:terminate_walk]: [0, 1) 12153664 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| @[kprobe:walk_component]: [0, 1) 53075749 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 971421 | | [2, 3) 84946 | | Additionally a custom probe was added for depth within link_path_walk(): bpftrace -e 'kprobe:link_path_walk_probe { @[probe] = lhist(arg0, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:link_path_walk_probe]: [0, 1) 7528231 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 407905 |@@ | Given these results: 1. terminate_walk() is called towards the end of the lookup and in this test it never had any links to clean up. 2. legitimize_links() is also called towards the end of lookup and most of the time there s 0 depth. Patch consumers to avoid calling into it in that case. 3. walk_component() is typically called with WALK_MORE and zero depth, checked in that order. Check depth first and predict it is 0. 4. link_path_walk() also does not deal with a symlink most of the time when !*name Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251119142954.2909394-1-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-19 15:29:54 +01:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 10:43:17 -07:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 10:43:17 -07:00
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 10:43:17 -07:00
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 10:43:17 -07:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
link_path_walk(): simplify stack handling We use nd->stack to store two things: pinning down the symlinks we are resolving and resuming the name traversal when a nested symlink is finished. Currently, nd->depth is used to keep track of both. It's 0 when we call link_path_walk() for the first time (for the pathname itself) and 1 on all subsequent calls (for trailing symlinks, if any). That's fine, as far as pinning symlinks goes - when handling a trailing symlink, the string we are interpreting is the body of symlink pinned down in nd->stack[0]. It's rather inconvenient with respect to handling nested symlinks, though - when we run out of a string we are currently interpreting, we need to decide whether it's a nested symlink (in which case we need to pick the string saved back when we started to interpret that nested symlink and resume its traversal) or not (in which case we are done with link_path_walk()). Current solution is a bit of a kludge - in handling of trailing symlink (in lookup_last() and open_last_lookups() we clear nd->stack[0].name. That allows link_path_walk() to use the following rules when running out of a string to interpret: * if nd->depth is zero, we are at the end of pathname itself. * if nd->depth is positive, check the saved string; for nested symlink it will be non-NULL, for trailing symlink - NULL. It works, but it's rather non-obvious. Note that we have two sets: the set of symlinks currently being traversed and the set of postponed pathname tails. The former is stored in nd->stack[0..nd->depth-1].link and it's valid throught the pathname resolution; the latter is valid only during an individual call of link_path_walk() and it occupies nd->stack[0..nd->depth-1].name for the first call of link_path_walk() and nd->stack[1..nd->depth-1].name for subsequent ones. The kludge is basically a way to recognize the second set becoming empty. The things get simpler if we keep track of the second set's size explicitly and always store it in nd->stack[0..depth-1].name. We access the second set only inside link_path_walk(), so its size can live in a local variable; that way the check becomes trivial without the need of that kludge. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-02-23 22:04:15 -05:00
sanitize handling of nd->last_type, kill LAST_BIND ->last_type values are set in 3 places: path_init() (sets to LAST_ROOT), link_path_walk (LAST_NORM/DOT/DOTDOT) and pick_link (LAST_BIND). The are checked in walk_component(), lookup_last() and do_last(). They also get copied to the caller by filename_parentat(). In the last 3 cases the value is what we had at the return from link_path_walk(). In case of walk_component() it's either directly downstream from assignment in link_path_walk() or, when called by lookup_last(), the value we have at the return from link_path_walk(). The value at the entry into link_path_walk() can survive to return only if the pathname contains nothing but slashes. Note that pick_link() never returns such - pure jumps are handled directly. So for the calls of link_path_walk() for trailing symlinks it does not matter what value had been there at the entry; the value at the return won't depend upon it. There are 3 call chains that might have pick_link() storing LAST_BIND: 1) pick_link() from step_into() from walk_component() from link_path_walk(). In that case we will either be parsing the next component immediately after return into link_path_walk(), which will overwrite the ->last_type before anyone has a chance to look at it, or we'll fail, in which case nobody will be looking at ->last_type at all. 2) pick_link() from step_into() from walk_component() from lookup_last(). The value is never looked at due to the above; it won't affect the value seen at return from any link_path_walk(). 3) pick_link() from step_into() from do_last(). Ditto. In other words, assignemnt in pick_link() is pointless, and so is LAST_BIND itself; nothing ever looks at that value. Kill it off. And make link_path_walk() _always_ assign ->last_type - in the only case when the value at the entry might survive to the return that value is always LAST_ROOT, inherited from path_init(). Move that assignment from path_init() into the beginning of link_path_walk(), to consolidate the things. Historical note: LAST_BIND used to be used for the kludge with trailing pure jump symlinks (extra iteration through the top-level loop). No point keeping it anymore... Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-01-19 11:44:51 -05:00
link_path_walk(): simplify stack handling We use nd->stack to store two things: pinning down the symlinks we are resolving and resuming the name traversal when a nested symlink is finished. Currently, nd->depth is used to keep track of both. It's 0 when we call link_path_walk() for the first time (for the pathname itself) and 1 on all subsequent calls (for trailing symlinks, if any). That's fine, as far as pinning symlinks goes - when handling a trailing symlink, the string we are interpreting is the body of symlink pinned down in nd->stack[0]. It's rather inconvenient with respect to handling nested symlinks, though - when we run out of a string we are currently interpreting, we need to decide whether it's a nested symlink (in which case we need to pick the string saved back when we started to interpret that nested symlink and resume its traversal) or not (in which case we are done with link_path_walk()). Current solution is a bit of a kludge - in handling of trailing symlink (in lookup_last() and open_last_lookups() we clear nd->stack[0].name. That allows link_path_walk() to use the following rules when running out of a string to interpret: * if nd->depth is zero, we are at the end of pathname itself. * if nd->depth is positive, check the saved string; for nested symlink it will be non-NULL, for trailing symlink - NULL. It works, but it's rather non-obvious. Note that we have two sets: the set of symlinks currently being traversed and the set of postponed pathname tails. The former is stored in nd->stack[0..nd->depth-1].link and it's valid throught the pathname resolution; the latter is valid only during an individual call of link_path_walk() and it occupies nd->stack[0..nd->depth-1].name for the first call of link_path_walk() and nd->stack[1..nd->depth-1].name for subsequent ones. The kludge is basically a way to recognize the second set becoming empty. The things get simpler if we keep track of the second set's size explicitly and always store it in nd->stack[0..depth-1].name. We access the second set only inside link_path_walk(), so its size can live in a local variable; that way the check becomes trivial without the need of that kludge. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-02-23 22:04:15 -05:00
fs: add predicts based on nd->depth Stats from nd->depth usage during the venerable kernel build collected like so: bpftrace -e 'kprobe:terminate_walk,kprobe:walk_component,kprobe:legitimize_links { @[probe] = lhist(((struct nameidata *)arg0)->depth, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:legitimize_links]: [0, 1) 6554906 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 3534 | | @[kprobe:terminate_walk]: [0, 1) 12153664 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| @[kprobe:walk_component]: [0, 1) 53075749 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 971421 | | [2, 3) 84946 | | Additionally a custom probe was added for depth within link_path_walk(): bpftrace -e 'kprobe:link_path_walk_probe { @[probe] = lhist(arg0, 0, 8, 1); }' @[kprobe:link_path_walk_probe]: [0, 1) 7528231 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@| [1, 2) 407905 |@@ | Given these results: 1. terminate_walk() is called towards the end of the lookup and in this test it never had any links to clean up. 2. legitimize_links() is also called towards the end of lookup and most of the time there s 0 depth. Patch consumers to avoid calling into it in that case. 3. walk_component() is typically called with WALK_MORE and zero depth, checked in that order. Check depth first and predict it is 0. 4. link_path_walk() also does not deal with a symlink most of the time when !*name Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251119142954.2909394-1-mjguzik@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-19 15:29:54 +01:00
link_path_walk(): simplify stack handling We use nd->stack to store two things: pinning down the symlinks we are resolving and resuming the name traversal when a nested symlink is finished. Currently, nd->depth is used to keep track of both. It's 0 when we call link_path_walk() for the first time (for the pathname itself) and 1 on all subsequent calls (for trailing symlinks, if any). That's fine, as far as pinning symlinks goes - when handling a trailing symlink, the string we are interpreting is the body of symlink pinned down in nd->stack[0]. It's rather inconvenient with respect to handling nested symlinks, though - when we run out of a string we are currently interpreting, we need to decide whether it's a nested symlink (in which case we need to pick the string saved back when we started to interpret that nested symlink and resume its traversal) or not (in which case we are done with link_path_walk()). Current solution is a bit of a kludge - in handling of trailing symlink (in lookup_last() and open_last_lookups() we clear nd->stack[0].name. That allows link_path_walk() to use the following rules when running out of a string to interpret: * if nd->depth is zero, we are at the end of pathname itself. * if nd->depth is positive, check the saved string; for nested symlink it will be non-NULL, for trailing symlink - NULL. It works, but it's rather non-obvious. Note that we have two sets: the set of symlinks currently being traversed and the set of postponed pathname tails. The former is stored in nd->stack[0..nd->depth-1].link and it's valid throught the pathname resolution; the latter is valid only during an individual call of link_path_walk() and it occupies nd->stack[0..nd->depth-1].name for the first call of link_path_walk() and nd->stack[1..nd->depth-1].name for subsequent ones. The kludge is basically a way to recognize the second set becoming empty. The things get simpler if we keep track of the second set's size explicitly and always store it in nd->stack[0..depth-1].name. We access the second set only inside link_path_walk(), so its size can live in a local variable; that way the check becomes trivial without the need of that kludge. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-02-23 22:04:15 -05:00
link_path_walk(): simplify stack handling We use nd->stack to store two things: pinning down the symlinks we are resolving and resuming the name traversal when a nested symlink is finished. Currently, nd->depth is used to keep track of both. It's 0 when we call link_path_walk() for the first time (for the pathname itself) and 1 on all subsequent calls (for trailing symlinks, if any). That's fine, as far as pinning symlinks goes - when handling a trailing symlink, the string we are interpreting is the body of symlink pinned down in nd->stack[0]. It's rather inconvenient with respect to handling nested symlinks, though - when we run out of a string we are currently interpreting, we need to decide whether it's a nested symlink (in which case we need to pick the string saved back when we started to interpret that nested symlink and resume its traversal) or not (in which case we are done with link_path_walk()). Current solution is a bit of a kludge - in handling of trailing symlink (in lookup_last() and open_last_lookups() we clear nd->stack[0].name. That allows link_path_walk() to use the following rules when running out of a string to interpret: * if nd->depth is zero, we are at the end of pathname itself. * if nd->depth is positive, check the saved string; for nested symlink it will be non-NULL, for trailing symlink - NULL. It works, but it's rather non-obvious. Note that we have two sets: the set of symlinks currently being traversed and the set of postponed pathname tails. The former is stored in nd->stack[0..nd->depth-1].link and it's valid throught the pathname resolution; the latter is valid only during an individual call of link_path_walk() and it occupies nd->stack[0..nd->depth-1].name for the first call of link_path_walk() and nd->stack[1..nd->depth-1].name for subsequent ones. The kludge is basically a way to recognize the second set becoming empty. The things get simpler if we keep track of the second set's size explicitly and always store it in nd->stack[0..depth-1].name. We access the second set only inside link_path_walk(), so its size can live in a local variable; that way the check becomes trivial without the need of that kludge. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-02-23 22:04:15 -05:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
namei: LOOKUP_{IN_ROOT,BENEATH}: permit limited ".." resolution Allow LOOKUP_BENEATH and LOOKUP_IN_ROOT to safely permit ".." resolution (in the case of LOOKUP_BENEATH the resolution will still fail if ".." resolution would resolve a path outside of the root -- while LOOKUP_IN_ROOT will chroot(2)-style scope it). Magic-link jumps are still disallowed entirely[*]. As Jann explains[1,2], the need for this patch (and the original no-".." restriction) is explained by observing there is a fairly easy-to-exploit race condition with chroot(2) (and thus by extension LOOKUP_IN_ROOT and LOOKUP_BENEATH if ".." is allowed) where a rename(2) of a path can be used to "skip over" nd->root and thus escape to the filesystem above nd->root. thread1 [attacker]: for (;;) renameat2(AT_FDCWD, "/a/b/c", AT_FDCWD, "/a/d", RENAME_EXCHANGE); thread2 [victim]: for (;;) openat2(dirb, "b/c/../../etc/shadow", { .flags = O_PATH, .resolve = RESOLVE_IN_ROOT } ); With fairly significant regularity, thread2 will resolve to "/etc/shadow" rather than "/a/b/etc/shadow". There is also a similar (though somewhat more privileged) attack using MS_MOVE. With this patch, such cases will be detected *during* ".." resolution and will return -EAGAIN for userspace to decide to either retry or abort the lookup. It should be noted that ".." is the weak point of chroot(2) -- walking *into* a subdirectory tautologically cannot result in you walking *outside* nd->root (except through a bind-mount or magic-link). There is also no other way for a directory's parent to change (which is the primary worry with ".." resolution here) other than a rename or MS_MOVE. The primary reason for deferring to userspace with -EAGAIN is that an in-kernel retry loop (or doing a path_is_under() check after re-taking the relevant seqlocks) can become unreasonably expensive on machines with lots of VFS activity (nfsd can cause lots of rename_lock updates). Thus it should be up to userspace how many times they wish to retry the lookup -- the selftests for this attack indicate that there is a ~35% chance of the lookup succeeding on the first try even with an attacker thrashing rename_lock. A variant of the above attack is included in the selftests for openat2(2) later in this patch series. I've run this test on several machines for several days and no instances of a breakout were detected. While this is not concrete proof that this is safe, when combined with the above argument it should lend some trustworthiness to this construction. [*] It may be acceptable in the future to do a path_is_under() check for magic-links after they are resolved. However this seems unlikely to be a feature that people *really* need -- it can be added later if it turns out a lot of people want it. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez30WJhbsro2HOc_DR7V91M+hNFzBP5ogRMZaxbAORvqzg@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:35 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_{IN_ROOT,BENEATH}: permit limited ".." resolution Allow LOOKUP_BENEATH and LOOKUP_IN_ROOT to safely permit ".." resolution (in the case of LOOKUP_BENEATH the resolution will still fail if ".." resolution would resolve a path outside of the root -- while LOOKUP_IN_ROOT will chroot(2)-style scope it). Magic-link jumps are still disallowed entirely[*]. As Jann explains[1,2], the need for this patch (and the original no-".." restriction) is explained by observing there is a fairly easy-to-exploit race condition with chroot(2) (and thus by extension LOOKUP_IN_ROOT and LOOKUP_BENEATH if ".." is allowed) where a rename(2) of a path can be used to "skip over" nd->root and thus escape to the filesystem above nd->root. thread1 [attacker]: for (;;) renameat2(AT_FDCWD, "/a/b/c", AT_FDCWD, "/a/d", RENAME_EXCHANGE); thread2 [victim]: for (;;) openat2(dirb, "b/c/../../etc/shadow", { .flags = O_PATH, .resolve = RESOLVE_IN_ROOT } ); With fairly significant regularity, thread2 will resolve to "/etc/shadow" rather than "/a/b/etc/shadow". There is also a similar (though somewhat more privileged) attack using MS_MOVE. With this patch, such cases will be detected *during* ".." resolution and will return -EAGAIN for userspace to decide to either retry or abort the lookup. It should be noted that ".." is the weak point of chroot(2) -- walking *into* a subdirectory tautologically cannot result in you walking *outside* nd->root (except through a bind-mount or magic-link). There is also no other way for a directory's parent to change (which is the primary worry with ".." resolution here) other than a rename or MS_MOVE. The primary reason for deferring to userspace with -EAGAIN is that an in-kernel retry loop (or doing a path_is_under() check after re-taking the relevant seqlocks) can become unreasonably expensive on machines with lots of VFS activity (nfsd can cause lots of rename_lock updates). Thus it should be up to userspace how many times they wish to retry the lookup -- the selftests for this attack indicate that there is a ~35% chance of the lookup succeeding on the first try even with an attacker thrashing rename_lock. A variant of the above attack is included in the selftests for openat2(2) later in this patch series. I've run this test on several machines for several days and no instances of a breakout were detected. While this is not concrete proof that this is safe, when combined with the above argument it should lend some trustworthiness to this construction. [*] It may be acceptable in the future to do a path_is_under() check for magic-links after they are resolved. However this seems unlikely to be a feature that people *really* need -- it can be added later if it turns out a lot of people want it. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ [2]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez30WJhbsro2HOc_DR7V91M+hNFzBP5ogRMZaxbAORvqzg@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:35 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_IN_ROOT: chroot-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ Container runtimes or other administrative management processes will often interact with root filesystems while in the host mount namespace, because the cost of doing a chroot(2) on every operation is too prohibitive (especially in Go, which cannot safely use vfork). However, a malicious program can trick the management process into doing operations on files outside of the root filesystem through careful crafting of symlinks. Most programs that need this feature have attempted to make this process safe, by doing all of the path resolution in userspace (with symlinks being scoped to the root of the malicious root filesystem). Unfortunately, this method is prone to foot-guns and usually such implementations have subtle security bugs. Thus, what userspace needs is a way to resolve a path as though it were in a chroot(2) -- with all absolute symlinks being resolved relative to the dirfd root (and ".." components being stuck under the dirfd root). It is much simpler and more straight-forward to provide this functionality in-kernel (because it can be done far more cheaply and correctly). More classical applications that also have this problem (which have their own potentially buggy userspace path sanitisation code) include web servers, archive extraction tools, network file servers, and so on. /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_IN_ROOT will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_IN_ROOT applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_IN_ROOT, any path component which attempts to cross the starting point of the pathname lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will remain at the starting point. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks will be scoped within the starting point. There is a slight change in behaviour regarding pathnames -- if the pathname is absolute then the dirfd is still used as the root of resolution of LOOKUP_IN_ROOT is specified (this is to avoid obvious foot-guns, at the cost of a minor API inconsistency). As with LOOKUP_BENEATH, Jann's security concern about ".."[1] applies to LOOKUP_IN_ROOT -- therefore ".." resolution is blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_IN_ROOT is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:34 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_IN_ROOT: chroot-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ Container runtimes or other administrative management processes will often interact with root filesystems while in the host mount namespace, because the cost of doing a chroot(2) on every operation is too prohibitive (especially in Go, which cannot safely use vfork). However, a malicious program can trick the management process into doing operations on files outside of the root filesystem through careful crafting of symlinks. Most programs that need this feature have attempted to make this process safe, by doing all of the path resolution in userspace (with symlinks being scoped to the root of the malicious root filesystem). Unfortunately, this method is prone to foot-guns and usually such implementations have subtle security bugs. Thus, what userspace needs is a way to resolve a path as though it were in a chroot(2) -- with all absolute symlinks being resolved relative to the dirfd root (and ".." components being stuck under the dirfd root). It is much simpler and more straight-forward to provide this functionality in-kernel (because it can be done far more cheaply and correctly). More classical applications that also have this problem (which have their own potentially buggy userspace path sanitisation code) include web servers, archive extraction tools, network file servers, and so on. /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_IN_ROOT will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_IN_ROOT applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_IN_ROOT, any path component which attempts to cross the starting point of the pathname lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will remain at the starting point. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks will be scoped within the starting point. There is a slight change in behaviour regarding pathnames -- if the pathname is absolute then the dirfd is still used as the root of resolution of LOOKUP_IN_ROOT is specified (this is to avoid obvious foot-guns, at the cost of a minor API inconsistency). As with LOOKUP_BENEATH, Jann's security concern about ".."[1] applies to LOOKUP_IN_ROOT -- therefore ".." resolution is blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_IN_ROOT is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:34 +11:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
vfs: relax linkat() AT_EMPTY_PATH - aka flink() - requirements "The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results” We've tried to do this before, most recently with commit bb2314b47996 ("fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink") about a decade ago. But the effort goes back even further than that, eg this thread back from 1998 that is so old that we don't even have it archived in lore: https://lkml.org/lkml/1998/3/10/108 which also points out some of the reasons why it's dangerous. Or, how about then in 2003: https://lkml.org/lkml/2003/4/6/112 where we went through some of the same arguments, just wirh different people involved. In particular, having access to a file descriptor does not necessarily mean that you have access to the path that was used for lookup, and there may be very good reasons why you absolutely must not have access to a path to said file. For example, if we were passed a file descriptor from the outside into some limited environment (think chroot, but also user namespaces etc) a 'flink()' system call could now make that file visible inside a context where it's not supposed to be visible. In the process the user may also be able to re-open it with permissions that the original file descriptor did not have (eg a read-only file descriptor may be associated with an underlying file that is writable). Another variation on this is if somebody else (typically root) opens a file in a directory that is not accessible to others, and passes the file descriptor on as a read-only file. Again, the access to the file descriptor does not imply that you should have access to a path to the file in the filesystem. So while we have tried this several times in the past, it never works. The last time we did this, that commit bb2314b47996 quickly got reverted again in commit f0cc6ffb8ce8 (Revert "fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink"), with a note saying "We may re-do this once the whole discussion about the interface is done". Well, the discussion is long done, and didn't come to any resolution. There's no question that 'flink()' would be a useful operation, but it's a dangerous one. However, it does turn out that since 2008 (commit d76b0d9b2d87: "CRED: Use creds in file structs") we have had a fairly straightforward way to check whether the file descriptor was opened by the same credentials as the credentials of the flink(). That allows the most common patterns that people want to use, which tend to be to either open the source carefully (ie using the openat2() RESOLVE_xyz flags, and/or checking ownership with fstat() before linking), or to use O_TMPFILE and fill in the file contents before it's exposed to the world with linkat(). But it also means that if the file descriptor was opened by somebody else, or we've gone through a credentials change since, the operation no longer works (unless we have CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH capabilities in the opener's user namespace, as before). Note that the credential equality check is done by using pointer equality, which means that it's not enough that you have effectively the same user - they have to be literally identical, since our credentials are using copy-on-write semantics. So you can't change your credentials to something else and try to change it back to the same ones between the open() and the linkat(). This is not meant to be some kind of generic permission check, this is literally meant as a "the open and link calls are 'atomic' wrt user credentials" check. It also means that you can't just move things between namespaces, because the credentials aren't just a list of uid's and gid's: they includes the pointer to the user_ns that the capabilities are relative to. So let's try this one more time and see if maybe this approach ends up being workable after all. Cc: Andrew Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240411001012.12513-1-torvalds@linux-foundation.org [brauner: relax capability check to opener of the file] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20231113-undenkbar-gediegen-efde5f1c34bc@brauner Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-04-10 17:10:12 -07:00
vfs: relax linkat() AT_EMPTY_PATH - aka flink() - requirements "The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results” We've tried to do this before, most recently with commit bb2314b47996 ("fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink") about a decade ago. But the effort goes back even further than that, eg this thread back from 1998 that is so old that we don't even have it archived in lore: https://lkml.org/lkml/1998/3/10/108 which also points out some of the reasons why it's dangerous. Or, how about then in 2003: https://lkml.org/lkml/2003/4/6/112 where we went through some of the same arguments, just wirh different people involved. In particular, having access to a file descriptor does not necessarily mean that you have access to the path that was used for lookup, and there may be very good reasons why you absolutely must not have access to a path to said file. For example, if we were passed a file descriptor from the outside into some limited environment (think chroot, but also user namespaces etc) a 'flink()' system call could now make that file visible inside a context where it's not supposed to be visible. In the process the user may also be able to re-open it with permissions that the original file descriptor did not have (eg a read-only file descriptor may be associated with an underlying file that is writable). Another variation on this is if somebody else (typically root) opens a file in a directory that is not accessible to others, and passes the file descriptor on as a read-only file. Again, the access to the file descriptor does not imply that you should have access to a path to the file in the filesystem. So while we have tried this several times in the past, it never works. The last time we did this, that commit bb2314b47996 quickly got reverted again in commit f0cc6ffb8ce8 (Revert "fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink"), with a note saying "We may re-do this once the whole discussion about the interface is done". Well, the discussion is long done, and didn't come to any resolution. There's no question that 'flink()' would be a useful operation, but it's a dangerous one. However, it does turn out that since 2008 (commit d76b0d9b2d87: "CRED: Use creds in file structs") we have had a fairly straightforward way to check whether the file descriptor was opened by the same credentials as the credentials of the flink(). That allows the most common patterns that people want to use, which tend to be to either open the source carefully (ie using the openat2() RESOLVE_xyz flags, and/or checking ownership with fstat() before linking), or to use O_TMPFILE and fill in the file contents before it's exposed to the world with linkat(). But it also means that if the file descriptor was opened by somebody else, or we've gone through a credentials change since, the operation no longer works (unless we have CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH capabilities in the opener's user namespace, as before). Note that the credential equality check is done by using pointer equality, which means that it's not enough that you have effectively the same user - they have to be literally identical, since our credentials are using copy-on-write semantics. So you can't change your credentials to something else and try to change it back to the same ones between the open() and the linkat(). This is not meant to be some kind of generic permission check, this is literally meant as a "the open and link calls are 'atomic' wrt user credentials" check. It also means that you can't just move things between namespaces, because the credentials aren't just a list of uid's and gid's: they includes the pointer to the user_ns that the capabilities are relative to. So let's try this one more time and see if maybe this approach ends up being workable after all. Cc: Andrew Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240411001012.12513-1-torvalds@linux-foundation.org [brauner: relax capability check to opener of the file] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20231113-undenkbar-gediegen-efde5f1c34bc@brauner Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-04-10 17:10:12 -07:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
namei: LOOKUP_IN_ROOT: chroot-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ Container runtimes or other administrative management processes will often interact with root filesystems while in the host mount namespace, because the cost of doing a chroot(2) on every operation is too prohibitive (especially in Go, which cannot safely use vfork). However, a malicious program can trick the management process into doing operations on files outside of the root filesystem through careful crafting of symlinks. Most programs that need this feature have attempted to make this process safe, by doing all of the path resolution in userspace (with symlinks being scoped to the root of the malicious root filesystem). Unfortunately, this method is prone to foot-guns and usually such implementations have subtle security bugs. Thus, what userspace needs is a way to resolve a path as though it were in a chroot(2) -- with all absolute symlinks being resolved relative to the dirfd root (and ".." components being stuck under the dirfd root). It is much simpler and more straight-forward to provide this functionality in-kernel (because it can be done far more cheaply and correctly). More classical applications that also have this problem (which have their own potentially buggy userspace path sanitisation code) include web servers, archive extraction tools, network file servers, and so on. /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_IN_ROOT will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_IN_ROOT applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_IN_ROOT, any path component which attempts to cross the starting point of the pathname lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will remain at the starting point. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks will be scoped within the starting point. There is a slight change in behaviour regarding pathnames -- if the pathname is absolute then the dirfd is still used as the root of resolution of LOOKUP_IN_ROOT is specified (this is to avoid obvious foot-guns, at the cost of a minor API inconsistency). As with LOOKUP_BENEATH, Jann's security concern about ".."[1] applies to LOOKUP_IN_ROOT -- therefore ".." resolution is blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_IN_ROOT is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:34 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
namei: LOOKUP_BENEATH: O_BENEATH-like scoped resolution /* Background. */ There are many circumstances when userspace wants to resolve a path and ensure that it doesn't go outside of a particular root directory during resolution. Obvious examples include archive extraction tools, as well as other security-conscious userspace programs. FreeBSD spun out O_BENEATH from their Capsicum project[1,2], so it also seems reasonable to implement similar functionality for Linux. This is part of a refresh of Al's AT_NO_JUMPS patchset[3] (which was a variation on David Drysdale's O_BENEATH patchset[4], which in turn was based on the Capsicum project[5]). /* Userspace API. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH will be exposed to userspace through openat2(2). /* Semantics. */ Unlike most other LOOKUP flags (most notably LOOKUP_FOLLOW), LOOKUP_BENEATH applies to all components of the path. With LOOKUP_BENEATH, any path component which attempts to "escape" the starting point of the filesystem lookup (the dirfd passed to openat) will yield -EXDEV. Thus, all absolute paths and symlinks are disallowed. Due to a security concern brought up by Jann[6], any ".." path components are also blocked. This restriction will be lifted in a future patch, but requires more work to ensure that permitting ".." is done safely. Magic-link jumps are also blocked, because they can beam the path lookup across the starting point. It would be possible to detect and block only the "bad" crossings with path_is_under() checks, but it's unclear whether it makes sense to permit magic-links at all. However, userspace is recommended to pass LOOKUP_NO_MAGICLINKS if they want to ensure that magic-link crossing is entirely disabled. /* Testing. */ LOOKUP_BENEATH is tested as part of the openat2(2) selftests. [1]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2808 [2]: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D17547 [3]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20170429220414.GT29622@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/ [4]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1415094884-18349-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [5]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1404124096-21445-1-git-send-email-drysdale@google.com/ [6]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAG48ez1jzNvxB+bfOBnERFGp=oMM0vHWuLD6EULmne3R6xa53w@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Suggested-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2019-12-07 01:13:33 +11:00
namei: stash the sampled ->d_seq into nameidata New field: nd->next_seq. Set to 0 outside of RCU mode, holds the sampled value for the next dentry to be considered. Used instead of an arseload of local variables, arguments, etc. step_into() has lost seq argument; nd->next_seq is used, so dentry passed to it must be the one ->next_seq is about. There are two requirements for RCU pathwalk: 1) it should not give a hard failure (other than -ECHILD) unless non-RCU pathwalk might fail that way given suitable timings. 2) it should not succeed unless non-RCU pathwalk might succeed with the same end location given suitable timings. The use of seq numbers is the way we achieve that. Invariant we want to maintain is: if RCU pathwalk can reach the state with given nd->path, nd->inode and nd->seq after having traversed some part of pathname, it must be possible for non-RCU pathwalk to reach the same nd->path and nd->inode after having traversed the same part of pathname, and observe the nd->path.dentry->d_seq equal to what RCU pathwalk has in nd->seq For transition from parent to child, we sample child's ->d_seq and verify that parent's ->d_seq remains unchanged. Anything that disrupts parent-child relationship would've bumped ->d_seq on both. For transitions from child to parent we sample parent's ->d_seq and verify that child's ->d_seq has not changed. Same reasoning as for the previous case applies. For transition from mountpoint to root of mounted we sample the ->d_seq of root and verify that nobody has touched mount_lock since the beginning of pathwalk. That guarantees that mount we'd found had been there all along, with these mountpoint and root of the mounted. It would be possible for a non-RCU pathwalk to reach the previous state, find the same mount and observe its root at the moment we'd sampled ->d_seq of that For transitions from root of mounted to mountpoint we sample ->d_seq of mountpoint and verify that mount_lock had not been touched since the beginning of pathwalk. The same reasoning as in the previous case applies. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2022-07-04 18:12:39 -04:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
namei: Fix use after free in kern_path_locked In 0ee50b47532a ("namei: change filename_parentat() calling conventions"), filename_parentat() was made to always call putname() on the filename before returning, and kern_path_locked() was migrated to this calling convention. However, kern_path_locked() uses the "last" parameter to lookup and potentially create a new dentry. The last parameter contains the last component of the path and points within the filename, which was recently freed at the end of filename_parentat(). Thus, when kern_path_locked() calls __lookup_hash(), it is using the filename after it has already been freed. In other words, these calling conventions had been wrong for the only remaining caller of filename_parentat(). Everything else is using __filename_parentat(), which does not drop the reference; so should kern_path_locked(). Switch kern_path_locked() to use of __filename_parentat() and move getting/dropping struct filename into wrapper. Remove filename_parentat(), now that we have no remaining callers. Fixes: 0ee50b47532a ("namei: change filename_parentat() calling conventions") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/YS9D4AlEsaCxLFV0@infradead.org/ Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/YS+csMTV2tTXKg3s@zeniv-ca.linux.org.uk/ Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Reported-by: syzbot+fb0d60a179096e8c2731@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Stephen Brennan <stephen.s.brennan@oracle.com> Co-authored-by: Dmitry Kadashev <dkadashev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2021-09-01 10:51:41 -07:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
fs: fix kernel-doc notation warnings Fix kernel-doc notation warnings in fs/. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/super.c:560): missing initial short description on line: * mark_files_ro Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/namei.c:1368): missing initial short description on line: * lookup_one_len: filesystem helper to lookup single pathname component Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3221): missing initial short description on line: * bh_uptodate_or_lock: Test whether the buffer is uptodate Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3240): missing initial short description on line: * bh_submit_read: Submit a locked buffer for reading Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:30): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_acquire: attempt to get exclusive writeback access to a device Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:47): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_in_progress: determine whether there is writeback in progress Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:58): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_release: relinquish exclusive writeback access against a device. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:351): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:561): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/jbd/transaction.c:1935): missing initial short description on line: * void journal_invalidatepage() Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-19 17:01:00 -07:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
Fix i_mutex vs. readdir handling in nfsd Commit 14f7dd63 ("Copy XFS readdir hack into nfsd code") introduced a bug to generic code which had been extant for a long time in the XFS version -- it started to call through into lookup_one_len() and hence into the file systems' ->lookup() methods without i_mutex held on the directory. This patch fixes it by locking the directory's i_mutex again before calling the filldir functions. The original deadlocks which commit 14f7dd63 was designed to avoid are still avoided, because they were due to fs-internal locking, not i_mutex. While we're at it, fix the return type of nfsd_buffered_readdir() which should be a __be32 not an int -- it's an NFS errno, not a Linux errno. And return nfserrno(-ENOMEM) when allocation fails, not just -ENOMEM. Sparse would have caught that, if it wasn't so busy bitching about __cold__. Commit 05f4f678 ("nfsd4: don't do lookup within readdir in recovery code") introduced a similar problem with calling lookup_one_len() without i_mutex, which this patch also addresses. To fix that, it was necessary to fix the called functions so that they expect i_mutex to be held; that part was done by J. Bruce Fields. Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com> Umm-I-can-live-with-that-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Reported-by: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05@yahoo.co.jp> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu> LKML-Reference: <8036.1237474444@jrobl> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2009-04-20 23:18:37 +01:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
2025-03-19 14:01:32 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS: rename lookup_one_len family to lookup_noperm and remove permission check The lookup_one_len family of functions is (now) only used internally by a filesystem on itself either - in a context where permission checking is irrelevant such as by a virtual filesystem populating itself, or xfs accessing its ORPHANAGE or dquota accessing the quota file; or - in a context where a permission check (MAY_EXEC on the parent) has just been performed such as a network filesystem finding in "silly-rename" file in the same directory. This is also the context after the _parentat() functions where currently lookup_one_qstr_excl() is used. So the permission check is pointless. The name "one_len" is unhelpful in understanding the purpose of these functions and should be changed. Most of the callers pass the len as "strlen()" so using a qstr and QSTR() can simplify the code. This patch renames these functions (include lookup_positive_unlocked() which is part of the family despite the name) to have a name based on "lookup_noperm". They are changed to receive a 'struct qstr' instead of separate name and len. In a few cases the use of QSTR() results in a new call to strlen(). try_lookup_noperm() takes a pointer to a qstr instead of the whole qstr. This is consistent with d_hash_and_lookup() (which is nearly identical) and useful for lookup_noperm_unlocked(). The new lookup_noperm_common() doesn't take a qstr yet. That will be tidied up in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319031545.2999807-5-neil@brown.name Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-03-19 14:01:35 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/cachefiles/ovl: add start_creating() and end_creating() start_creating() is similar to simple_start_creating() but is not so simple. It takes a qstr for the name, includes permission checking, and does NOT report an error if the name already exists, returning a positive dentry instead. This is currently used by nfsd, cachefiles, and overlayfs. end_creating() is called after the dentry has been used. end_creating() drops the reference to the dentry as it is generally no longer needed. This is exactly the first section of end_creating_path() so that function is changed to call the new end_creating() These calls help encapsulate locking rules so that directory locking can be changed. Occasionally this change means that the parent lock is held for a shorter period of time, for example in cachefiles_commit_tmpfile(). As this function now unlocks after an unlink and before the following lookup, it is possible that the lookup could again find a positive dentry, so a while loop is introduced there. In overlayfs the ovl_lookup_temp() function has ovl_tempname() split out to be used in ovl_start_creating_temp(). The other use of ovl_lookup_temp() is preparing for a rename. When rename handling is updated, ovl_lookup_temp() will be removed. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-5-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:27 +11:00
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 10:29:47 -05:00
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 10:29:47 -05:00
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 10:29:47 -05:00
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 10:29:47 -05:00
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 14:54:46 -05:00
audit: add child record before the create to handle case where create fails Historically, when a syscall that creates a dentry fails, you get an audit record that looks something like this (when trying to create a file named "new" in "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63"): type=PATH msg=audit(1366128956.279:965): item=0 name="/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63/new" inode=2138308 dev=fd:02 mode=040700 ouid=0 ogid=0 rdev=00:00 obj=staff_u:object_r:user_tmp_t:s15:c0.c1023 This record makes no sense since it's associating the inode information for "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63" with the path "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63/new". The recent patch I posted to fix the audit_inode call in do_last fixes this, by making it look more like this: type=PATH msg=audit(1366128765.989:13875): item=0 name="/tmp/tmp.DJ1O8V3e4f/" inode=141 dev=fd:02 mode=040700 ouid=0 ogid=0 rdev=00:00 obj=staff_u:object_r:user_tmp_t:s15:c0.c1023 While this is more correct, if the creation of the file fails, then we have no record of the filename that the user tried to create. This patch adds a call to audit_inode_child to may_create. This creates an AUDIT_TYPE_CHILD_CREATE record that will sit in place until the create succeeds. When and if the create does succeed, then this record will be updated with the correct inode info from the create. This fixes what was broken in commit bfcec708. Commit 79f6530c should also be backported to stable v3.7+. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
2013-05-08 10:25:58 -04:00
rename(): fix the locking of subdirectories We should never lock two subdirectories without having taken ->s_vfs_rename_mutex; inode pointer order or not, the "order" proposed in 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" is not transitive, with the usual consequences. The rationale for locking renamed subdirectory in all cases was the possibility of race between rename modifying .. in a subdirectory to reflect the new parent and another thread modifying the same subdirectory. For a lot of filesystems that's not a problem, but for some it can lead to trouble (e.g. the case when short directory contents is kept in the inode, but creating a file in it might push it across the size limit and copy its contents into separate data block(s)). However, we need that only in case when the parent does change - otherwise ->rename() doesn't need to do anything with .. entry in the first place. Some instances are lazy and do a tautological update anyway, but it's really not hard to avoid. Amended locking rules for rename(): find the parent(s) of source and target if source and target have the same parent lock the common parent else lock ->s_vfs_rename_mutex lock both parents, in ancestor-first order; if neither is an ancestor of another, lock the parent of source first. find the source and target. if source and target have the same parent if operation is an overwriting rename of a subdirectory lock the target subdirectory else if source is a subdirectory lock the source if target is a subdirectory lock the target lock non-directories involved, in inode pointer order if both source and target are such. That way we are guaranteed that parents are locked (for obvious reasons), that any renamed non-directory is locked (nfsd relies upon that), that any victim is locked (emptiness check needs that, among other things) and subdirectory that changes parent is locked (needed to protect the update of .. entries). We are also guaranteed that any operation locking more than one directory either takes ->s_vfs_rename_mutex or locks a parent followed by its child. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2023-11-19 20:25:58 -05:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_*() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: * S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_*() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_*() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_*() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_*() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_*() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: * btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-07-14 14:11:27 +08:00
fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_*() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: * S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_*() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_*() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_*() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_*() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_*() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: * btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-07-14 14:11:27 +08:00
fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_*() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: * S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_*() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_*() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_*() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_*() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_*() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: * btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-07-14 14:11:27 +08:00
fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_*() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: * S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_*() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_*() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_*() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_*() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_*() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: * btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-07-14 14:11:27 +08:00
fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_*() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: * S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_*() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_*() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_*() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_*() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_*() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: * btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-07-14 14:11:27 +08:00
exec: move S_ISREG() check earlier The execve(2)/uselib(2) syscalls have always rejected non-regular files. Recently, it was noticed that a deadlock was introduced when trying to execute pipes, as the S_ISREG() test was happening too late. This was fixed in commit 73601ea5b7b1 ("fs/open.c: allow opening only regular files during execve()"), but it was added after inode_permission() had already run, which meant LSMs could see bogus attempts to execute non-regular files. Move the test into the other inode type checks (which already look for other pathological conditions[1]). Since there is no need to use FMODE_EXEC while we still have access to "acc_mode", also switch the test to MAY_EXEC. Also include a comment with the redundant S_ISREG() checks at the end of execve(2)/uselib(2) to note that they are present to avoid any mistakes. My notes on the call path, and related arguments, checks, etc: do_open_execat() struct open_flags open_exec_flags = { .open_flag = O_LARGEFILE | O_RDONLY | __FMODE_EXEC, .acc_mode = MAY_EXEC, ... do_filp_open(dfd, filename, open_flags) path_openat(nameidata, open_flags, flags) file = alloc_empty_file(open_flags, current_cred()); do_open(nameidata, file, open_flags) may_open(path, acc_mode, open_flag) /* new location of MAY_EXEC vs S_ISREG() test */ inode_permission(inode, MAY_OPEN | acc_mode) security_inode_permission(inode, acc_mode) vfs_open(path, file) do_dentry_open(file, path->dentry->d_inode, open) /* old location of FMODE_EXEC vs S_ISREG() test */ security_file_open(f) open() [1] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/202006041910.9EF0C602@keescook/ Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com> Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com> Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200605160013.3954297-3-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2020-08-11 18:36:26 -07:00
exec: move S_ISREG() check earlier The execve(2)/uselib(2) syscalls have always rejected non-regular files. Recently, it was noticed that a deadlock was introduced when trying to execute pipes, as the S_ISREG() test was happening too late. This was fixed in commit 73601ea5b7b1 ("fs/open.c: allow opening only regular files during execve()"), but it was added after inode_permission() had already run, which meant LSMs could see bogus attempts to execute non-regular files. Move the test into the other inode type checks (which already look for other pathological conditions[1]). Since there is no need to use FMODE_EXEC while we still have access to "acc_mode", also switch the test to MAY_EXEC. Also include a comment with the redundant S_ISREG() checks at the end of execve(2)/uselib(2) to note that they are present to avoid any mistakes. My notes on the call path, and related arguments, checks, etc: do_open_execat() struct open_flags open_exec_flags = { .open_flag = O_LARGEFILE | O_RDONLY | __FMODE_EXEC, .acc_mode = MAY_EXEC, ... do_filp_open(dfd, filename, open_flags) path_openat(nameidata, open_flags, flags) file = alloc_empty_file(open_flags, current_cred()); do_open(nameidata, file, open_flags) may_open(path, acc_mode, open_flag) /* new location of MAY_EXEC vs S_ISREG() test */ inode_permission(inode, MAY_OPEN | acc_mode) security_inode_permission(inode, acc_mode) vfs_open(path, file) do_dentry_open(file, path->dentry->d_inode, open) /* old location of FMODE_EXEC vs S_ISREG() test */ security_file_open(f) open() [1] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/202006041910.9EF0C602@keescook/ Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com> Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com> Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200605160013.3954297-3-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2020-08-11 18:36:26 -07:00
exec: move path_noexec() check earlier The path_noexec() check, like the regular file check, was happening too late, letting LSMs see impossible execve()s. Check it earlier as well in may_open() and collect the redundant fs/exec.c path_noexec() test under the same robustness comment as the S_ISREG() check. My notes on the call path, and related arguments, checks, etc: do_open_execat() struct open_flags open_exec_flags = { .open_flag = O_LARGEFILE | O_RDONLY | __FMODE_EXEC, .acc_mode = MAY_EXEC, ... do_filp_open(dfd, filename, open_flags) path_openat(nameidata, open_flags, flags) file = alloc_empty_file(open_flags, current_cred()); do_open(nameidata, file, open_flags) may_open(path, acc_mode, open_flag) /* new location of MAY_EXEC vs path_noexec() test */ inode_permission(inode, MAY_OPEN | acc_mode) security_inode_permission(inode, acc_mode) vfs_open(path, file) do_dentry_open(file, path->dentry->d_inode, open) security_file_open(f) open() /* old location of path_noexec() test */ Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com> Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com> Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200605160013.3954297-4-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2020-08-11 18:36:30 -07:00
VFS: use wait_var_event for waiting in d_alloc_parallel() Parallel lookup starts with a call of d_alloc_parallel(). That primitive either returns a matching hashed dentry or allocates a new one in the in-lookup state and returns it to the caller. Once the caller is done with lookup, it indicates so either by call of d_{splice_alias,add}() or by call of d_done_lookup(); at that point dentry leaves the in-lookup state. If d_alloc_parallel() finds a matching in-lookup dentry, it must wait for that dentry to leave the in-lookup state, one way or another. Currently by supplying wait_queue_head to d_alloc_parallel(). If d_alloc_parallel() creates a new in-lookup dentry, the address of that wait_queue_head is stored in ->d_wait of new dentry and stays there while it's in the in-lookup; subsequent d_alloc_parallel() will wait on the queue found in the matching in-lookup dentry. Transition out of in-lookup state wakes waiters on that queue (if any). That works, but the calling conventions are inconvenient - the caller must supply wait_queue_head and make sure that it survives at least until the new in-lookup dentry leaves the in-lookup state. That amounts to boilerplate in the d_alloc_parallel() callers that are followed by a call of d_lookup_done() in the same function; in cases like nfs asynchronous unlink it gets worse than that. This patch changes d_alloc_parallel() to use wake_up_var_locked() to wake up waiters, and wait_var_event_spinlock() to wait. dentry->d_lock is used for synchronisation as it is already held and the relevant times. That eliminates the need of caller-supplied wait_queue_head, simplifying the calling conventions. Better yet, we only need one bit of information stored in dentry itself: whether there are any waiters to be woken up, and that can be easily stored in ->d_flags; ->d_wait goes away. The reason we need that bit (DCACHE_LOOKUP_WAITERS) is that with wait_var machinery the queues are shared with all kinds of stuff and there's no way tell if any of the waiters have anything to do with our dentry; most of the time none of them will be relevant, so we need to avoid the pointless wakeups. Another benefit of the new scheme comes from the fact that wakeups have to be done outside of write-side critical areas of ->i_dir_seq; with the old scheme we need to carry the value picked from ->d_wait from __d_lookup_unhash() to the place where we actually wake the waiters up. Now we can just leave DCACHE_LOOKUP_WAITERS in ->d_flags until we get to doing wakeups - that's done within the same ->d_lock scope, so we are fine; new bit is accessed only under ->d_lock and it's seen only on dentries with DCACHE_PAR_LOOKUP in ->d_flags. __d_lookup_unhash() no longer needs to re-init ->d_lru. That was previously shared (in a union) with ->d_wait but ->d_wait is now gone so it no longer corrupts ->d_lru. Co-developed-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> # saner handling of flags Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2026-04-30 15:42:43 -04:00
Pass parent directory inode and expected name to ->d_revalidate() ->d_revalidate() often needs to access dentry parent and name; that has to be done carefully, since the locking environment varies from caller to caller. We are not guaranteed that dentry in question will not be moved right under us - not unless the filesystem is such that nothing on it ever gets renamed. It can be dealt with, but that results in boilerplate code that isn't even needed - the callers normally have just found the dentry via dcache lookup and want to verify that it's in the right place; they already have the values of ->d_parent and ->d_name stable. There is a couple of exceptions (overlayfs and, to less extent, ecryptfs), but for the majority of calls that song and dance is not needed at all. It's easier to make ecryptfs and overlayfs find and pass those values if there's a ->d_revalidate() instance to be called, rather than doing that in the instances. This commit only changes the calling conventions; making use of supplied values is left to followups. NOTE: some instances need more than just the parent - things like CIFS may need to build an entire path from filesystem root, so they need more precautions than the usual boilerplate. This series doesn't do anything to that need - these filesystems have to keep their locking mechanisms (rename_lock loops, use of dentry_path_raw(), private rwsem a-la v9fs). One thing to keep in mind when using name is that name->name will normally point into the pathname being resolved; the filename in question occupies name->len bytes starting at name->name, and there is NUL somewhere after it, but it the next byte might very well be '/' rather than '\0'. Do not ignore name->len. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <gabriel@krisman.be> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2024-12-08 00:28:51 -05:00
lookup_open(): don't bother with fallbacks to lookup+create We fall back to lookup+create (instead of atomic_open) in several cases: 1) we don't have write access to filesystem and O_TRUNC is present in the flags. It's not something we want ->atomic_open() to see - it just might go ahead and truncate the file. However, we can pass it the flags sans O_TRUNC - eventually do_open() will call handle_truncate() anyway. 2) we have O_CREAT | O_EXCL and we can't write to parent. That's going to be an error, of course, but we want to know _which_ error should that be - might be EEXIST (if file exists), might be EACCES or EROFS. Simply stripping O_CREAT (and checking if we see ENOENT) would suffice, if not for O_EXCL. However, we used to have ->atomic_open() fully responsible for rejecting O_CREAT | O_EXCL on existing file and just stripping O_CREAT would've disarmed those checks. With nothing downstream to catch the problem - FMODE_OPENED used to be "don't bother with EEXIST checks, ->atomic_open() has done those". Now EEXIST checks downstream are skipped only if FMODE_CREATED is set - FMODE_OPENED alone is not enough. That has eliminated the need to fall back onto lookup+create path in this case. 3) O_WRONLY or O_RDWR when we have no write access to filesystem, with nothing else objectionable. Fallback is (and had always been) pointless. IOW, we don't really need that fallback; all we need in such cases is to trim O_TRUNC and O_CREAT properly. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-03-12 14:07:27 -04:00
lookup_open(): don't bother with fallbacks to lookup+create We fall back to lookup+create (instead of atomic_open) in several cases: 1) we don't have write access to filesystem and O_TRUNC is present in the flags. It's not something we want ->atomic_open() to see - it just might go ahead and truncate the file. However, we can pass it the flags sans O_TRUNC - eventually do_open() will call handle_truncate() anyway. 2) we have O_CREAT | O_EXCL and we can't write to parent. That's going to be an error, of course, but we want to know _which_ error should that be - might be EEXIST (if file exists), might be EACCES or EROFS. Simply stripping O_CREAT (and checking if we see ENOENT) would suffice, if not for O_EXCL. However, we used to have ->atomic_open() fully responsible for rejecting O_CREAT | O_EXCL on existing file and just stripping O_CREAT would've disarmed those checks. With nothing downstream to catch the problem - FMODE_OPENED used to be "don't bother with EEXIST checks, ->atomic_open() has done those". Now EEXIST checks downstream are skipped only if FMODE_CREATED is set - FMODE_OPENED alone is not enough. That has eliminated the need to fall back onto lookup+create path in this case. 3) O_WRONLY or O_RDWR when we have no write access to filesystem, with nothing else objectionable. Fallback is (and had always been) pointless. IOW, we don't really need that fallback; all we need in such cases is to trim O_TRUNC and O_CREAT properly. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-03-12 14:07:27 -04:00
lookup_open(): don't bother with fallbacks to lookup+create We fall back to lookup+create (instead of atomic_open) in several cases: 1) we don't have write access to filesystem and O_TRUNC is present in the flags. It's not something we want ->atomic_open() to see - it just might go ahead and truncate the file. However, we can pass it the flags sans O_TRUNC - eventually do_open() will call handle_truncate() anyway. 2) we have O_CREAT | O_EXCL and we can't write to parent. That's going to be an error, of course, but we want to know _which_ error should that be - might be EEXIST (if file exists), might be EACCES or EROFS. Simply stripping O_CREAT (and checking if we see ENOENT) would suffice, if not for O_EXCL. However, we used to have ->atomic_open() fully responsible for rejecting O_CREAT | O_EXCL on existing file and just stripping O_CREAT would've disarmed those checks. With nothing downstream to catch the problem - FMODE_OPENED used to be "don't bother with EEXIST checks, ->atomic_open() has done those". Now EEXIST checks downstream are skipped only if FMODE_CREATED is set - FMODE_OPENED alone is not enough. That has eliminated the need to fall back onto lookup+create path in this case. 3) O_WRONLY or O_RDWR when we have no write access to filesystem, with nothing else objectionable. Fallback is (and had always been) pointless. IOW, we don't really need that fallback; all we need in such cases is to trim O_TRUNC and O_CREAT properly. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-03-12 14:07:27 -04:00
lookup_open(): don't bother with fallbacks to lookup+create We fall back to lookup+create (instead of atomic_open) in several cases: 1) we don't have write access to filesystem and O_TRUNC is present in the flags. It's not something we want ->atomic_open() to see - it just might go ahead and truncate the file. However, we can pass it the flags sans O_TRUNC - eventually do_open() will call handle_truncate() anyway. 2) we have O_CREAT | O_EXCL and we can't write to parent. That's going to be an error, of course, but we want to know _which_ error should that be - might be EEXIST (if file exists), might be EACCES or EROFS. Simply stripping O_CREAT (and checking if we see ENOENT) would suffice, if not for O_EXCL. However, we used to have ->atomic_open() fully responsible for rejecting O_CREAT | O_EXCL on existing file and just stripping O_CREAT would've disarmed those checks. With nothing downstream to catch the problem - FMODE_OPENED used to be "don't bother with EEXIST checks, ->atomic_open() has done those". Now EEXIST checks downstream are skipped only if FMODE_CREATED is set - FMODE_OPENED alone is not enough. That has eliminated the need to fall back onto lookup+create path in this case. 3) O_WRONLY or O_RDWR when we have no write access to filesystem, with nothing else objectionable. Fallback is (and had always been) pointless. IOW, we don't really need that fallback; all we need in such cases is to trim O_TRUNC and O_CREAT properly. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-03-12 14:07:27 -04:00
lookup_open(): don't bother with fallbacks to lookup+create We fall back to lookup+create (instead of atomic_open) in several cases: 1) we don't have write access to filesystem and O_TRUNC is present in the flags. It's not something we want ->atomic_open() to see - it just might go ahead and truncate the file. However, we can pass it the flags sans O_TRUNC - eventually do_open() will call handle_truncate() anyway. 2) we have O_CREAT | O_EXCL and we can't write to parent. That's going to be an error, of course, but we want to know _which_ error should that be - might be EEXIST (if file exists), might be EACCES or EROFS. Simply stripping O_CREAT (and checking if we see ENOENT) would suffice, if not for O_EXCL. However, we used to have ->atomic_open() fully responsible for rejecting O_CREAT | O_EXCL on existing file and just stripping O_CREAT would've disarmed those checks. With nothing downstream to catch the problem - FMODE_OPENED used to be "don't bother with EEXIST checks, ->atomic_open() has done those". Now EEXIST checks downstream are skipped only if FMODE_CREATED is set - FMODE_OPENED alone is not enough. That has eliminated the need to fall back onto lookup+create path in this case. 3) O_WRONLY or O_RDWR when we have no write access to filesystem, with nothing else objectionable. Fallback is (and had always been) pointless. IOW, we don't really need that fallback; all we need in such cases is to trim O_TRUNC and O_CREAT properly. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-03-12 14:07:27 -04:00
namei: test for a negative dentry the way traverse_mounts() does lookup_fast_for_open() only hands an O_CREAT open a cached dentry if it's positive. Otherwise the open goes on to lookup_open(), which takes the directory lock and creates the file. It tests for that with !dentry->d_inode, but traverse_mounts() later decides with the type in d_flags. And when a dentry is instantiated __d_set_inode_and_type() stores ->d_inode first and only then releases the type into ->d_flags. So a refwalk that took its reference to a negative dentry right before another task instantiates it can find ->d_inode already set in lookup_fast_for_open(), go on to step_into(), and still find the negative type in traverse_mounts(). The open then fails with -ENOENT, which an O_CREAT open must never do. rcuwalk doesn't get that far, the d_seq check in step_into() catches the instantiation. Use d_is_negative() so both look at the type. While the type is still negative the open takes lookup_open() and waits for the directory lock like any other O_CREAT open of a negative dentry. On its own the window is a couple of instructions in the creating task, so it takes an interrupt or a preempted vcpu in exactly the right spot. I haven't caught it without help in about 600 million racing O_CREAT opens. The debug patch below stalls the creating task between the two stores for names starting with "ocrace", the way an interrupt landing there would. The reproducer below opens "ocrace" with O_CREAT through symlinks on a strictatime tmpfs: following them updates their atime, which drops the walk out of rcuwalk, so the name is always looked up in refwalk. With echo 20 > /proc/sys/fs/ocrace_instantiate_us ./ocreat_enoent -t 60 on a KASAN kernel open() failed with -ENOENT 43 times in 4.9 million calls. With this patch it never failed in 4.8 million calls. Tracing step_into_slowpath() during such a run, each of the 98 -ENOENTs it returned came right after the same task had entered it with a dentry that was still typed negative. // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 /* * ocreat_enoent: open(O_CREAT) racing the creation of the same name. * * Writers unlink "ocrace" and create it again. Readers open it with * O_CREAT through a symlink of their own on a strictatime tmpfs. * Following the symlink updates its atime, which drops the walk out of * rcu mode, so the name is always looked up in refwalk. An O_CREAT open * must never fail with ENOENT. * * -p arms a cpu-clock perf timer with that period in ns on every writer, * so that interrupts land at random points in it. * * usage: ocreat_enoent [-t secs] [-w writers] [-r readers] [-p ns] */ #define _GNU_SOURCE #include <errno.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <pthread.h> #include <stdatomic.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <sys/mount.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <sys/syscall.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <linux/perf_event.h> #define DIR "/tmp/oc" static atomic_int stop; static atomic_long opens, creates, enoent, other; static long period; static void die(const char *what) { fprintf(stderr, "FATAL %s: %s\n", what, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } static void *writer(void *arg) { (void)arg; if (period) { struct perf_event_attr attr = { .type = PERF_TYPE_SOFTWARE, .size = sizeof(attr), .config = PERF_COUNT_SW_CPU_CLOCK, .sample_period = period, }; if (syscall(SYS_perf_event_open, &attr, 0, -1, -1, 0) < 0) die("perf_event_open"); } while (!atomic_load(&stop)) { int fd; unlink(DIR "/ocrace"); fd = open(DIR "/ocrace", O_CREAT | O_RDWR | O_CLOEXEC, 0644); if (fd >= 0) close(fd); atomic_fetch_add(&creates, 1); } return NULL; } static void *reader(void *arg) { char lnk[64]; snprintf(lnk, sizeof(lnk), DIR "/lnk.%ld", (long)arg); while (!atomic_load(&stop)) { int fd = open(lnk, O_CREAT | O_RDWR | O_CLOEXEC, 0644); if (fd >= 0) close(fd); else if (errno == ENOENT) atomic_fetch_add(&enoent, 1); else atomic_fetch_add(&other, 1); atomic_fetch_add(&opens, 1); } return NULL; } int main(int argc, char **argv) { int secs = 60, nw = 4, nr = 12, c, n = 0; pthread_t t[256]; while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "t:w:r:p:")) != -1) { switch (c) { case 't': secs = atoi(optarg); break; case 'w': nw = atoi(optarg); break; case 'r': nr = atoi(optarg); break; case 'p': period = atol(optarg); break; default: return 2; } } if (nw + nr > 256) return 2; mkdir(DIR, 0755); if (mount("oc", DIR, "tmpfs", MS_STRICTATIME, "mode=0755")) die("tmpfs"); for (long i = 0; i < nr; i++) { char lnk[64]; snprintf(lnk, sizeof(lnk), DIR "/lnk.%ld", i); if (symlink("ocrace", lnk)) die("symlink"); } for (long i = 0; i < nw; i++) if (pthread_create(&t[n++], NULL, writer, NULL)) die("writer"); for (long i = 0; i < nr; i++) if (pthread_create(&t[n++], NULL, reader, (void *)i)) die("reader"); sleep(secs); atomic_store(&stop, 1); for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) pthread_join(t[i], NULL); printf("%ds: %ld opens, %ld creates, ENOENT %ld, other errors %ld\n", secs, atomic_load(&opens), atomic_load(&creates), atomic_load(&enoent), atomic_load(&other)); umount2(DIR, MNT_DETACH); return atomic_load(&enoent) ? 1 : 0; } diff --git a/fs/dcache.c b/fs/dcache.c --- a/fs/dcache.c +++ b/fs/dcache.c @@ -32,9 +32,13 @@ #include <linux/bit_spinlock.h> #include <linux/rculist_bl.h> #include <linux/list_lru.h> +#include <linux/delay.h> #include "internal.h" #include "mount.h" +/* debug: stall "ocrace*" names between ->d_inode and the type */ +static int sysctl_ocrace_instantiate_us; + #include <asm/runtime-const.h> /* @@ -200,6 +204,13 @@ } static const struct ctl_table fs_dcache_sysctls[] = { + { + .procname = "ocrace_instantiate_us", + .data = &sysctl_ocrace_instantiate_us, + .maxlen = sizeof(int), + .mode = 0644, + .proc_handler = proc_dointvec, + }, { .procname = "dentry-state", .data = &dentry_stat, @@ -405,6 +416,10 @@ unsigned flags; dentry->d_inode = inode; + /* debug: an interrupt landing right here */ + if (unlikely(READ_ONCE(sysctl_ocrace_instantiate_us)) && + !strncmp(dentry->d_name.name, "ocrace", 6)) + udelay(READ_ONCE(sysctl_ocrace_instantiate_us)); flags = READ_ONCE(dentry->d_flags); flags &= ~DCACHE_ENTRY_TYPE; flags |= type_flags; Fixes: e747e15156b7 ("fs: try an opportunistic lookup for O_CREAT opens too") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v6.12+ Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20261012-work-namei-ocreate-v1-1-c7883b17ee28@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-10-12 14:57:04 +02:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
open_last_lookups(): lift O_EXCL|O_CREAT handling into do_open() Currently path_openat() has "EEXIST on O_EXCL|O_CREAT" checks done on one of the ways out of open_last_lookups(). There are 4 cases: 1) the last component is . or ..; check is not done. 2) we had FMODE_OPENED or FMODE_CREATED set while in lookup_open(); check is not done. 3) symlink to be traversed is found; check is not done (nor should it be) 4) everything else: check done (before complete_walk(), even). In case (1) O_EXCL|O_CREAT ends up failing with -EISDIR - that's open("/tmp/.", O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600) Note that in the same conditions open("/tmp", O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600) would have yielded EEXIST. Either error is allowed, switching to -EEXIST in these cases would've been more consistent. Case (2) is more subtle; first of all, if we have FMODE_CREATED set, the object hadn't existed prior to the call. The check should not be done in such a case. The rest is problematic, though - we have FMODE_OPENED set (i.e. it went through ->atomic_open() and got successfully opened there) FMODE_CREATED is *NOT* set O_CREAT and O_EXCL are both set. Any such case is a bug - either we failed to set FMODE_CREATED when we had, in fact, created an object (no such instances in the tree) or we have opened a pre-existing file despite having had both O_CREAT and O_EXCL passed. One of those was, in fact caught (and fixed) while sorting out this mess (gfs2 on cold dcache). And in such situations we should fail with EEXIST. Note that for (1) and (4) FMODE_CREATED is not set - for (1) there's nothing in handle_dots() to set it, for (4) we'd explicitly checked that. And (1), (2) and (4) are exactly the cases when we leave the loop in the caller, with do_open() called immediately after that loop. IOW, we can move the check over there, and make it If we have O_CREAT|O_EXCL and after successful pathname resolution FMODE_CREATED is *not* set, we must have run into a preexisting file and should fail with EEXIST. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-03-10 10:13:53 -04:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
namei: allow restricted O_CREAT of FIFOs and regular files Disallows open of FIFOs or regular files not owned by the user in world writable sticky directories, unless the owner is the same as that of the directory or the file is opened without the O_CREAT flag. The purpose is to make data spoofing attacks harder. This protection can be turned on and off separately for FIFOs and regular files via sysctl, just like the symlinks/hardlinks protection. This patch is based on Openwall's "HARDEN_FIFO" feature by Solar Designer. This is a brief list of old vulnerabilities that could have been prevented by this feature, some of them even allow for privilege escalation: CVE-2000-1134 CVE-2007-3852 CVE-2008-0525 CVE-2009-0416 CVE-2011-4834 CVE-2015-1838 CVE-2015-7442 CVE-2016-7489 This list is not meant to be complete. It's difficult to track down all vulnerabilities of this kind because they were often reported without any mention of this particular attack vector. In fact, before hardlinks/symlinks restrictions, fifos/regular files weren't the favorite vehicle to exploit them. [s.mesoraca16@gmail.com: fix bug reported by Dan Carpenter] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180426081456.GA7060@mwanda Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1524829819-11275-1-git-send-email-s.mesoraca16@gmail.com [keescook@chromium.org: drop pr_warn_ratelimited() in favor of audit changes in the future] [keescook@chromium.org: adjust commit subjet] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180416175918.GA13494@beast Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Suggested-by: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com> Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-08-23 17:00:35 -07:00
openat2: new OPENAT2_REGULAR flag support This flag indicates the path should be opened if it's a regular file. This is useful to write secure programs that want to avoid being tricked into opening device nodes with special semantics while thinking they operate on regular files. This is a requested feature from the uapi-group[1]. The previously introduced EFTYPE error code is returned when the path doesn't refer to a regular file. For example, if openat2 is called on path /dev/null with OPENAT2_REGULAR in the flag param, it will return -EFTYPE. When used in combination with O_CREAT, either the regular file is created, or if the path already exists, it is opened if it's a regular file. Otherwise, -EFTYPE is returned. When OPENAT2_REGULAR is combined with O_DIRECTORY, -EINVAL is returned as it doesn't make sense to open a path that is both a directory and a regular file. The UAPI bit lives in the upper 32 bits of open_how::flags (((__u64)1 << 32)) so that open(2) and openat(2) -- whose @flags argument is a C int -- cannot physically express it. This is a structural guarantee, not a runtime mask: the bit is unrepresentable in 32 bits. Because the rest of the VFS open path narrows to 32 bits in several places (op->open_flag, f->f_flags, the unsigned open_flag argument of i_op->atomic_open()), build_open_flags() translates OPENAT2_REGULAR into a kernel-internal lower-32-bit carrier __O_REGULAR (bit 4, unused as an O_* on every architecture) before the assignment to op->open_flag. __O_REGULAR then rides through the existing channels exactly like __FMODE_EXEC. do_dentry_open() strips it so it cannot leak back to userspace via fcntl(F_GETFL). Four BUILD_BUG_ON_MSG() invariants in build_open_flags() prevent any future bit collision or accidental low-32 redefinition: - VALID_OPEN_FLAGS fits in 32 bits. - OPENAT2_REGULAR lives in the upper 32 bits. - OPENAT2_REGULAR does not alias any open()/openat() flag. - __O_REGULAR does not alias any user-visible flag. [1]: https://uapi-group.org/kernel-features/#ability-to-only-open-regular-files Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> says: Move OPENAT2_REGULAR to the upper 32 bits of open_how::flags with a kernel-internal __O_REGULAR carrier so that open(2)/openat(2) cannot encode the flag; add BUILD_BUG_ON_MSG() invariants and register __O_REGULAR in the fcntl_init() allocation-uniqueness BUILD_BUG_ON() (bit count 21 -> 22). Signed-off-by: Dorjoy Chowdhury <dorjoychy111@gmail.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260328172314.45807-2-dorjoychy111@gmail.com Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <aleksa@amutable.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-05-16 16:42:39 +02:00
fs: refuse O_TMPFILE creation with an unmapped fsuid or fsgid vfs_tmpfile() never checked that the caller's fsuid and fsgid map into the filesystem. On an idmapped mount whose idmapping does not cover the caller's fs{u,g}id, the ->tmpfile() instance initializes the new inode through inode_init_owner(), where mapped_fsuid()/mapped_fsgid() return INVALID_UID/INVALID_GID, and the tmpfile ends up owned by (uid_t)-1. Every other creation path already refuses this: may_o_create() (O_CREAT) and may_create_dentry() (mkdir, mknod, symlink, link) bail out with -EOVERFLOW via fsuidgid_has_mapping() precisely so that an object cannot be created with an owner the filesystem cannot represent. An O_TMPFILE is no exception: it is created I_LINKABLE and linkat(2) can splice it into the namespace afterwards, so the same guarantee must hold. Add the missing fsuidgid_has_mapping() check to vfs_tmpfile(). On a non-idmapped mount the caller's fs{u,g}id always map in the superblock's user namespace, so this is a no-op there and only takes effect on an idmapped mount that does not map the caller. It applies to every filesystem that sets FS_ALLOW_IDMAP and implements ->tmpfile() (tmpfs, ext4, btrfs, xfs, f2fs, ...), and to overlayfs, whose upper-layer tmpfile creation funnels through vfs_tmpfile() via backing_tmpfile_open(). Fixes: 8e5389132ab4 ("fs: introduce fsuidgid_has_mapping() helper") Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260615-work-idmapped-tmpfile-v1-1-754a94d81f83@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-06-15 14:52:18 +02:00
vfs: generate FS_CREATE before FS_OPEN when ->atomic_open used. When a file is opened and created with open(..., O_CREAT) we get both the CREATE and OPEN fsnotify events and would expect them in that order. For most filesystems we get them in that order because open_last_lookups() calls fsnofify_create() and then do_open() (from path_openat()) calls vfs_open()->do_dentry_open() which calls fsnotify_open(). However when ->atomic_open is used, the do_dentry_open() -> fsnotify_open() call happens from finish_open() which is called from the ->atomic_open handler in lookup_open() which is called *before* open_last_lookups() calls fsnotify_create. So we get the "open" notification before "create" - which is backwards. ltp testcase inotify02 tests this and reports the inconsistency. This patch lifts the fsnotify_open() call out of do_dentry_open() and places it higher up the call stack. There are three callers of do_dentry_open(). For vfs_open() and kernel_file_open() the fsnotify_open() is placed directly in that caller so there should be no behavioural change. For finish_open() there are two cases: - finish_open is used in ->atomic_open handlers. For these we add a call to fsnotify_open() at open_last_lookups() if FMODE_OPENED is set - which means do_dentry_open() has been called. - finish_open is used in ->tmpfile() handlers. For these a similar call to fsnotify_open() is added to vfs_tmpfile() With this patch NFSv3 is restored to its previous behaviour (before ->atomic_open support was added) of generating CREATE notifications before OPEN, and NFSv4 now has that same correct ordering that is has not had before. I haven't tested other filesystems. Fixes: 7c6c5249f061 ("NFS: add atomic_open for NFSv3 to handle O_TRUNC correctly.") Reported-by: James Clark <james.clark@arm.com> Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/all/01c3bf2e-eb1f-4b7f-a54f-d2a05dd3d8c8@arm.com Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/171817619547.14261.975798725161704336@noble.neil.brown.name Fixes: 7b8c9d7bb457 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_open() hook into do_dentry_open()") Tested-by: James Clark <james.clark@arm.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240617162303.1596-2-jack@suse.cz Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-06-17 18:23:01 +02:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
VFS: filename_create(): fix incorrect intent. When asked to create a path ending '/', but which is not to be a directory (LOOKUP_DIRECTORY not set), filename_create() will never try to create the file. If it doesn't exist, -ENOENT is reported. However, it still passes LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL to the filesystems ->lookup() function, even though there is no intent to create. This is misleading and can cause incorrect behaviour. If you try ln -s foo /path/dir/ where 'dir' is a directory on an NFS filesystem which is not currently known in the dcache, this will fail with ENOENT. But as the name is not in the dcache, nfs_lookup gets called with LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL and so it returns NULL without performing any lookup, with the expectation that a subsequent call to create the target will be made, and the lookup can be combined with the creation. In the case with a trailing '/' and no LOOKUP_DIRECTORY, that call is never made. Instead filename_create() sees that the dentry is not (yet) positive and returns -ENOENT - even though the directory actually exists. So only set LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL if there really is an intent to create, and use the absence of these flags to decide if -ENOENT should be returned. Note that filename_parentat() is only interested in LOOKUP_REVAL, so we split that out and store it in 'reval_flag'. __lookup_hash() then gets reval_flag combined with whatever create flags were determined to be needed. Reviewed-by: David Disseldorp <ddiss@suse.de> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2022-04-14 13:57:35 +10:00
VFS: filename_create(): fix incorrect intent. When asked to create a path ending '/', but which is not to be a directory (LOOKUP_DIRECTORY not set), filename_create() will never try to create the file. If it doesn't exist, -ENOENT is reported. However, it still passes LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL to the filesystems ->lookup() function, even though there is no intent to create. This is misleading and can cause incorrect behaviour. If you try ln -s foo /path/dir/ where 'dir' is a directory on an NFS filesystem which is not currently known in the dcache, this will fail with ENOENT. But as the name is not in the dcache, nfs_lookup gets called with LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL and so it returns NULL without performing any lookup, with the expectation that a subsequent call to create the target will be made, and the lookup can be combined with the creation. In the case with a trailing '/' and no LOOKUP_DIRECTORY, that call is never made. Instead filename_create() sees that the dentry is not (yet) positive and returns -ENOENT - even though the directory actually exists. So only set LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL if there really is an intent to create, and use the absence of these flags to decide if -ENOENT should be returned. Note that filename_parentat() is only interested in LOOKUP_REVAL, so we split that out and store it in 'reval_flag'. __lookup_hash() then gets reval_flag combined with whatever create flags were determined to be needed. Reviewed-by: David Disseldorp <ddiss@suse.de> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2022-04-14 13:57:35 +10:00
VFS: filename_create(): fix incorrect intent. When asked to create a path ending '/', but which is not to be a directory (LOOKUP_DIRECTORY not set), filename_create() will never try to create the file. If it doesn't exist, -ENOENT is reported. However, it still passes LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL to the filesystems ->lookup() function, even though there is no intent to create. This is misleading and can cause incorrect behaviour. If you try ln -s foo /path/dir/ where 'dir' is a directory on an NFS filesystem which is not currently known in the dcache, this will fail with ENOENT. But as the name is not in the dcache, nfs_lookup gets called with LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL and so it returns NULL without performing any lookup, with the expectation that a subsequent call to create the target will be made, and the lookup can be combined with the creation. In the case with a trailing '/' and no LOOKUP_DIRECTORY, that call is never made. Instead filename_create() sees that the dentry is not (yet) positive and returns -ENOENT - even though the directory actually exists. So only set LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL if there really is an intent to create, and use the absence of these flags to decide if -ENOENT should be returned. Note that filename_parentat() is only interested in LOOKUP_REVAL, so we split that out and store it in 'reval_flag'. __lookup_hash() then gets reval_flag combined with whatever create flags were determined to be needed. Reviewed-by: David Disseldorp <ddiss@suse.de> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2022-04-14 13:57:35 +10:00
VFS: filename_create(): fix incorrect intent. When asked to create a path ending '/', but which is not to be a directory (LOOKUP_DIRECTORY not set), filename_create() will never try to create the file. If it doesn't exist, -ENOENT is reported. However, it still passes LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL to the filesystems ->lookup() function, even though there is no intent to create. This is misleading and can cause incorrect behaviour. If you try ln -s foo /path/dir/ where 'dir' is a directory on an NFS filesystem which is not currently known in the dcache, this will fail with ENOENT. But as the name is not in the dcache, nfs_lookup gets called with LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL and so it returns NULL without performing any lookup, with the expectation that a subsequent call to create the target will be made, and the lookup can be combined with the creation. In the case with a trailing '/' and no LOOKUP_DIRECTORY, that call is never made. Instead filename_create() sees that the dentry is not (yet) positive and returns -ENOENT - even though the directory actually exists. So only set LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL if there really is an intent to create, and use the absence of these flags to decide if -ENOENT should be returned. Note that filename_parentat() is only interested in LOOKUP_REVAL, so we split that out and store it in 'reval_flag'. __lookup_hash() then gets reval_flag combined with whatever create flags were determined to be needed. Reviewed-by: David Disseldorp <ddiss@suse.de> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2022-04-14 13:57:35 +10:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
file->f_path constification Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- iHUEABYKAB0WIQQqUNBr3gm4hGXdBJlZ7Krx/gZQ6wUCaN3daAAKCRBZ7Krx/gZQ 6zNWAP9kD6rOJRNqDgea4pibDPa47Tps/WM5tsDv3dsLliY29gEA6sveOWZ3guAj 4oY3ts/NtHLWXvhI7Vd/1mr2aTKEZQk= =YNK+ -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- Merge tag 'pull-f_path' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs Pull file->f_path constification from Al Viro: "Only one thing was modifying ->f_path of an opened file - acct(2). Massaging that away and constifying a bunch of struct path * arguments in functions that might be given &file->f_path ends up with the situation where we can turn ->f_path into an anon union of const struct path f_path and struct path __f_path, the latter modified only in a few places in fs/{file_table,open,namei}.c, all for struct file instances that are yet to be opened" * tag 'pull-f_path' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (23 commits) Have cc(1) catch attempts to modify ->f_path kernel/acct.c: saner struct file treatment configfs:get_target() - release path as soon as we grab configfs_item reference apparmor/af_unix: constify struct path * arguments ovl_is_real_file: constify realpath argument ovl_sync_file(): constify path argument ovl_lower_dir(): constify path argument ovl_get_verity_digest(): constify path argument ovl_validate_verity(): constify {meta,data}path arguments ovl_ensure_verity_loaded(): constify datapath argument ksmbd_vfs_set_init_posix_acl(): constify path argument ksmbd_vfs_inherit_posix_acl(): constify path argument ksmbd_vfs_kern_path_unlock(): constify path argument ksmbd_vfs_path_lookup_locked(): root_share_path can be const struct path * check_export(): constify path argument export_operations->open(): constify path argument rqst_exp_get_by_name(): constify path argument nfs: constify path argument of __vfs_getattr() bpf...d_path(): constify path argument done_path_create(): constify path argument ...
2025-10-03 16:32:36 -07:00
VFS: fix possible failure to unlock in nfsd4_create_file() atomic_create() in fs/namei.c drops the reference to the dentry when it returns an error. This behaviour was imported into dentry_create() so that it will drop the reference if an error is returned from atomic_create(), though not if vfs_create() returns an error (in the case where ->atomic_create is not supported). The caller - nfsd4_create_file() - is made aware of this by checking path->dentry, which will either be a counted reference to a dentry, or an error pointer. However the change to use start_creating()/end_creating() (which landed shortly before the dentry_create() change landed, though was likely developed around the same time) means that nfsd4_create_file() *needs* a valid dentry so that it can unlock the parent. The net result is that if NFSD exports a filesystem which uses ->atomic_create, and if a call to ->atomic_create returns an error, then nfsd4_create_file() will pass an error pointer to end_creating() and the parent will not be unlocked. Fix this by changing dentry_create() to make sure path->dentry is always a valid dentry, never an error-pointer. The actual error is already returned a different way. Note that if ->atomic_create() returns a different dentry (which may not be possible in practice) we are guaranteed (because it is only ever provided by d_spliace_alias()) that it will have the same d_parent and so it will have the same effect when passed to end_creating(). Fixes: 64a989dbd144 ("VFS/knfsd: Teach dentry_create() to use atomic_open()") Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/177969022571.3379282.16448744624428323496@noble.neil.brown.name Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Benjamin Coddington <bcodding@hammerspace.com> Reviewed-by: Jori Koolstra <jkoolstra@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-05-25 16:23:45 +10:00
VFS: fix possible failure to unlock in nfsd4_create_file() atomic_create() in fs/namei.c drops the reference to the dentry when it returns an error. This behaviour was imported into dentry_create() so that it will drop the reference if an error is returned from atomic_create(), though not if vfs_create() returns an error (in the case where ->atomic_create is not supported). The caller - nfsd4_create_file() - is made aware of this by checking path->dentry, which will either be a counted reference to a dentry, or an error pointer. However the change to use start_creating()/end_creating() (which landed shortly before the dentry_create() change landed, though was likely developed around the same time) means that nfsd4_create_file() *needs* a valid dentry so that it can unlock the parent. The net result is that if NFSD exports a filesystem which uses ->atomic_create, and if a call to ->atomic_create returns an error, then nfsd4_create_file() will pass an error pointer to end_creating() and the parent will not be unlocked. Fix this by changing dentry_create() to make sure path->dentry is always a valid dentry, never an error-pointer. The actual error is already returned a different way. Note that if ->atomic_create() returns a different dentry (which may not be possible in practice) we are guaranteed (because it is only ever provided by d_spliace_alias()) that it will have the same d_parent and so it will have the same effect when passed to end_creating(). Fixes: 64a989dbd144 ("VFS/knfsd: Teach dentry_create() to use atomic_open()") Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/177969022571.3379282.16448744624428323496@noble.neil.brown.name Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Benjamin Coddington <bcodding@hammerspace.com> Reviewed-by: Jori Koolstra <jkoolstra@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-05-25 16:23:45 +10:00
VFS: fix possible failure to unlock in nfsd4_create_file() atomic_create() in fs/namei.c drops the reference to the dentry when it returns an error. This behaviour was imported into dentry_create() so that it will drop the reference if an error is returned from atomic_create(), though not if vfs_create() returns an error (in the case where ->atomic_create is not supported). The caller - nfsd4_create_file() - is made aware of this by checking path->dentry, which will either be a counted reference to a dentry, or an error pointer. However the change to use start_creating()/end_creating() (which landed shortly before the dentry_create() change landed, though was likely developed around the same time) means that nfsd4_create_file() *needs* a valid dentry so that it can unlock the parent. The net result is that if NFSD exports a filesystem which uses ->atomic_create, and if a call to ->atomic_create returns an error, then nfsd4_create_file() will pass an error pointer to end_creating() and the parent will not be unlocked. Fix this by changing dentry_create() to make sure path->dentry is always a valid dentry, never an error-pointer. The actual error is already returned a different way. Note that if ->atomic_create() returns a different dentry (which may not be possible in practice) we are guaranteed (because it is only ever provided by d_spliace_alias()) that it will have the same d_parent and so it will have the same effect when passed to end_creating(). Fixes: 64a989dbd144 ("VFS/knfsd: Teach dentry_create() to use atomic_open()") Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/177969022571.3379282.16448744624428323496@noble.neil.brown.name Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Benjamin Coddington <bcodding@hammerspace.com> Reviewed-by: Jori Koolstra <jkoolstra@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-05-25 16:23:45 +10:00
cgroups: implement device whitelist Implement a cgroup to track and enforce open and mknod restrictions on device files. A device cgroup associates a device access whitelist with each cgroup. A whitelist entry has 4 fields. 'type' is a (all), c (char), or b (block). 'all' means it applies to all types and all major and minor numbers. Major and minor are either an integer or * for all. Access is a composition of r (read), w (write), and m (mknod). The root device cgroup starts with rwm to 'all'. A child devcg gets a copy of the parent. Admins can then remove devices from the whitelist or add new entries. A child cgroup can never receive a device access which is denied its parent. However when a device access is removed from a parent it will not also be removed from the child(ren). An entry is added using devices.allow, and removed using devices.deny. For instance echo 'c 1:3 mr' > /cgroups/1/devices.allow allows cgroup 1 to read and mknod the device usually known as /dev/null. Doing echo a > /cgroups/1/devices.deny will remove the default 'a *:* mrw' entry. CAP_SYS_ADMIN is needed to change permissions or move another task to a new cgroup. A cgroup may not be granted more permissions than the cgroup's parent has. Any task can move itself between cgroups. This won't be sufficient, but we can decide the best way to adequately restrict movement later. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix may-be-used-uninitialized warning] Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Looks-good-to: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Cc: Daniel Hokka Zakrisson <daniel@hozac.com> Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com> Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com> Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 01:00:10 -07:00
fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_*() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: * S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_*() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_*() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_*() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_*() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_*() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: * btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-07-14 14:11:27 +08:00
security: Place security_path_post_mknod() where the original IMA call was Commit 08abce60d63f ("security: Introduce path_post_mknod hook") introduced security_path_post_mknod(), to replace the IMA-specific call to ima_post_path_mknod(). For symmetry with security_path_mknod(), security_path_post_mknod() was called after a successful mknod operation, for any file type, rather than only for regular files at the time there was the IMA call. However, as reported by VFS maintainers, successful mknod operation does not mean that the dentry always has an inode attached to it (for example, not for FIFOs on a SAMBA mount). If that condition happens, the kernel crashes when security_path_post_mknod() attempts to verify if the inode associated to the dentry is private. Move security_path_post_mknod() where the ima_post_path_mknod() call was, which is obviously correct from IMA/EVM perspective. IMA/EVM are the only in-kernel users, and only need to inspect regular files. Reported-by: Steve French <smfrench@gmail.com> Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-kernel/CAH2r5msAVzxCUHHG8VKrMPUKQHmBpE6K9_vjhgDa1uAvwx4ppw@mail.gmail.com/ Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Fixes: 08abce60d63f ("security: Introduce path_post_mknod hook") Signed-off-by: Roberto Sassu <roberto.sassu@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.ibm.com> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2024-04-03 09:57:29 +02:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
Change inode_operations.mkdir to return struct dentry * Some filesystems, such as NFS, cifs, ceph, and fuse, do not have complete control of sequencing on the actual filesystem (e.g. on a different server) and may find that the inode created for a mkdir request already exists in the icache and dcache by the time the mkdir request returns. For example, if the filesystem is mounted twice the directory could be visible on the other mount before it is on the original mount, and a pair of name_to_handle_at(), open_by_handle_at() calls could instantiate the directory inode with an IS_ROOT() dentry before the first mkdir returns. This means that the dentry passed to ->mkdir() may not be the one that is associated with the inode after the ->mkdir() completes. Some callers need to interact with the inode after the ->mkdir completes and they currently need to perform a lookup in the (rare) case that the dentry is no longer hashed. This lookup-after-mkdir requires that the directory remains locked to avoid races. Planned future patches to lock the dentry rather than the directory will mean that this lookup cannot be performed atomically with the mkdir. To remove this barrier, this patch changes ->mkdir to return the resulting dentry if it is different from the one passed in. Possible returns are: NULL - the directory was created and no other dentry was used ERR_PTR() - an error occurred non-NULL - this other dentry was spliced in This patch only changes file-systems to return "ERR_PTR(err)" instead of "err" or equivalent transformations. Subsequent patches will make further changes to some file-systems to return a correct dentry. Not all filesystems reliably result in a positive hashed dentry: - NFS, cifs, hostfs will sometimes need to perform a lookup of the name to get inode information. Races could result in this returning something different. Note that this lookup is non-atomic which is what we are trying to avoid. Placing the lookup in filesystem code means it only happens when the filesystem has no other option. - kernfs and tracefs leave the dentry negative and the ->revalidate operation ensures that lookup will be called to correctly populate the dentry. This could be fixed but I don't think it is important to any of the users of vfs_mkdir() which look at the dentry. The recommendation to use d_drop();d_splice_alias() is ugly but fits with current practice. A planned future patch will change this. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-2-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:53 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
Change inode_operations.mkdir to return struct dentry * Some filesystems, such as NFS, cifs, ceph, and fuse, do not have complete control of sequencing on the actual filesystem (e.g. on a different server) and may find that the inode created for a mkdir request already exists in the icache and dcache by the time the mkdir request returns. For example, if the filesystem is mounted twice the directory could be visible on the other mount before it is on the original mount, and a pair of name_to_handle_at(), open_by_handle_at() calls could instantiate the directory inode with an IS_ROOT() dentry before the first mkdir returns. This means that the dentry passed to ->mkdir() may not be the one that is associated with the inode after the ->mkdir() completes. Some callers need to interact with the inode after the ->mkdir completes and they currently need to perform a lookup in the (rare) case that the dentry is no longer hashed. This lookup-after-mkdir requires that the directory remains locked to avoid races. Planned future patches to lock the dentry rather than the directory will mean that this lookup cannot be performed atomically with the mkdir. To remove this barrier, this patch changes ->mkdir to return the resulting dentry if it is different from the one passed in. Possible returns are: NULL - the directory was created and no other dentry was used ERR_PTR() - an error occurred non-NULL - this other dentry was spliced in This patch only changes file-systems to return "ERR_PTR(err)" instead of "err" or equivalent transformations. Subsequent patches will make further changes to some file-systems to return a correct dentry. Not all filesystems reliably result in a positive hashed dentry: - NFS, cifs, hostfs will sometimes need to perform a lookup of the name to get inode information. Races could result in this returning something different. Note that this lookup is non-atomic which is what we are trying to avoid. Placing the lookup in filesystem code means it only happens when the filesystem has no other option. - kernfs and tracefs leave the dentry negative and the ->revalidate operation ensures that lookup will be called to correctly populate the dentry. This could be fixed but I don't think it is important to any of the users of vfs_mkdir() which look at the dentry. The recommendation to use d_drop();d_splice_alias() is ugly but fits with current practice. A planned future patch will change this. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-2-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:53 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
Change inode_operations.mkdir to return struct dentry * Some filesystems, such as NFS, cifs, ceph, and fuse, do not have complete control of sequencing on the actual filesystem (e.g. on a different server) and may find that the inode created for a mkdir request already exists in the icache and dcache by the time the mkdir request returns. For example, if the filesystem is mounted twice the directory could be visible on the other mount before it is on the original mount, and a pair of name_to_handle_at(), open_by_handle_at() calls could instantiate the directory inode with an IS_ROOT() dentry before the first mkdir returns. This means that the dentry passed to ->mkdir() may not be the one that is associated with the inode after the ->mkdir() completes. Some callers need to interact with the inode after the ->mkdir completes and they currently need to perform a lookup in the (rare) case that the dentry is no longer hashed. This lookup-after-mkdir requires that the directory remains locked to avoid races. Planned future patches to lock the dentry rather than the directory will mean that this lookup cannot be performed atomically with the mkdir. To remove this barrier, this patch changes ->mkdir to return the resulting dentry if it is different from the one passed in. Possible returns are: NULL - the directory was created and no other dentry was used ERR_PTR() - an error occurred non-NULL - this other dentry was spliced in This patch only changes file-systems to return "ERR_PTR(err)" instead of "err" or equivalent transformations. Subsequent patches will make further changes to some file-systems to return a correct dentry. Not all filesystems reliably result in a positive hashed dentry: - NFS, cifs, hostfs will sometimes need to perform a lookup of the name to get inode information. Races could result in this returning something different. Note that this lookup is non-atomic which is what we are trying to avoid. Placing the lookup in filesystem code means it only happens when the filesystem has no other option. - kernfs and tracefs leave the dentry negative and the ->revalidate operation ensures that lookup will be called to correctly populate the dentry. This could be fixed but I don't think it is important to any of the users of vfs_mkdir() which look at the dentry. The recommendation to use d_drop();d_splice_alias() is ugly but fits with current practice. A planned future patch will change this. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-2-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:53 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
Change inode_operations.mkdir to return struct dentry * Some filesystems, such as NFS, cifs, ceph, and fuse, do not have complete control of sequencing on the actual filesystem (e.g. on a different server) and may find that the inode created for a mkdir request already exists in the icache and dcache by the time the mkdir request returns. For example, if the filesystem is mounted twice the directory could be visible on the other mount before it is on the original mount, and a pair of name_to_handle_at(), open_by_handle_at() calls could instantiate the directory inode with an IS_ROOT() dentry before the first mkdir returns. This means that the dentry passed to ->mkdir() may not be the one that is associated with the inode after the ->mkdir() completes. Some callers need to interact with the inode after the ->mkdir completes and they currently need to perform a lookup in the (rare) case that the dentry is no longer hashed. This lookup-after-mkdir requires that the directory remains locked to avoid races. Planned future patches to lock the dentry rather than the directory will mean that this lookup cannot be performed atomically with the mkdir. To remove this barrier, this patch changes ->mkdir to return the resulting dentry if it is different from the one passed in. Possible returns are: NULL - the directory was created and no other dentry was used ERR_PTR() - an error occurred non-NULL - this other dentry was spliced in This patch only changes file-systems to return "ERR_PTR(err)" instead of "err" or equivalent transformations. Subsequent patches will make further changes to some file-systems to return a correct dentry. Not all filesystems reliably result in a positive hashed dentry: - NFS, cifs, hostfs will sometimes need to perform a lookup of the name to get inode information. Races could result in this returning something different. Note that this lookup is non-atomic which is what we are trying to avoid. Placing the lookup in filesystem code means it only happens when the filesystem has no other option. - kernfs and tracefs leave the dentry negative and the ->revalidate operation ensures that lookup will be called to correctly populate the dentry. This could be fixed but I don't think it is important to any of the users of vfs_mkdir() which look at the dentry. The recommendation to use d_drop();d_splice_alias() is ugly but fits with current practice. A planned future patch will change this. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-2-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:53 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
Change inode_operations.mkdir to return struct dentry * Some filesystems, such as NFS, cifs, ceph, and fuse, do not have complete control of sequencing on the actual filesystem (e.g. on a different server) and may find that the inode created for a mkdir request already exists in the icache and dcache by the time the mkdir request returns. For example, if the filesystem is mounted twice the directory could be visible on the other mount before it is on the original mount, and a pair of name_to_handle_at(), open_by_handle_at() calls could instantiate the directory inode with an IS_ROOT() dentry before the first mkdir returns. This means that the dentry passed to ->mkdir() may not be the one that is associated with the inode after the ->mkdir() completes. Some callers need to interact with the inode after the ->mkdir completes and they currently need to perform a lookup in the (rare) case that the dentry is no longer hashed. This lookup-after-mkdir requires that the directory remains locked to avoid races. Planned future patches to lock the dentry rather than the directory will mean that this lookup cannot be performed atomically with the mkdir. To remove this barrier, this patch changes ->mkdir to return the resulting dentry if it is different from the one passed in. Possible returns are: NULL - the directory was created and no other dentry was used ERR_PTR() - an error occurred non-NULL - this other dentry was spliced in This patch only changes file-systems to return "ERR_PTR(err)" instead of "err" or equivalent transformations. Subsequent patches will make further changes to some file-systems to return a correct dentry. Not all filesystems reliably result in a positive hashed dentry: - NFS, cifs, hostfs will sometimes need to perform a lookup of the name to get inode information. Races could result in this returning something different. Note that this lookup is non-atomic which is what we are trying to avoid. Placing the lookup in filesystem code means it only happens when the filesystem has no other option. - kernfs and tracefs leave the dentry negative and the ->revalidate operation ensures that lookup will be called to correctly populate the dentry. This could be fixed but I don't think it is important to any of the users of vfs_mkdir() which look at the dentry. The recommendation to use d_drop();d_splice_alias() is ugly but fits with current practice. A planned future patch will change this. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-2-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:53 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
Change inode_operations.mkdir to return struct dentry * Some filesystems, such as NFS, cifs, ceph, and fuse, do not have complete control of sequencing on the actual filesystem (e.g. on a different server) and may find that the inode created for a mkdir request already exists in the icache and dcache by the time the mkdir request returns. For example, if the filesystem is mounted twice the directory could be visible on the other mount before it is on the original mount, and a pair of name_to_handle_at(), open_by_handle_at() calls could instantiate the directory inode with an IS_ROOT() dentry before the first mkdir returns. This means that the dentry passed to ->mkdir() may not be the one that is associated with the inode after the ->mkdir() completes. Some callers need to interact with the inode after the ->mkdir completes and they currently need to perform a lookup in the (rare) case that the dentry is no longer hashed. This lookup-after-mkdir requires that the directory remains locked to avoid races. Planned future patches to lock the dentry rather than the directory will mean that this lookup cannot be performed atomically with the mkdir. To remove this barrier, this patch changes ->mkdir to return the resulting dentry if it is different from the one passed in. Possible returns are: NULL - the directory was created and no other dentry was used ERR_PTR() - an error occurred non-NULL - this other dentry was spliced in This patch only changes file-systems to return "ERR_PTR(err)" instead of "err" or equivalent transformations. Subsequent patches will make further changes to some file-systems to return a correct dentry. Not all filesystems reliably result in a positive hashed dentry: - NFS, cifs, hostfs will sometimes need to perform a lookup of the name to get inode information. Races could result in this returning something different. Note that this lookup is non-atomic which is what we are trying to avoid. Placing the lookup in filesystem code means it only happens when the filesystem has no other option. - kernfs and tracefs leave the dentry negative and the ->revalidate operation ensures that lookup will be called to correctly populate the dentry. This could be fixed but I don't think it is important to any of the users of vfs_mkdir() which look at the dentry. The recommendation to use d_drop();d_splice_alias() is ugly but fits with current practice. A planned future patch will change this. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-2-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:53 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_*() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: * S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_*() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_*() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_*() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_*() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_*() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: * btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-07-14 14:11:27 +08:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
VFS: Change vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry. vfs_mkdir() does not guarantee to leave the child dentry hashed or make it positive on success, and in many such cases the filesystem had to use a different dentry which it can now return. This patch changes vfs_mkdir() to return the dentry provided by the filesystems which is hashed and positive when provided. This reduces the number of cases where the resulting dentry is not positive to a handful which don't deserve extra efforts. The only callers of vfs_mkdir() which are interested in the resulting inode are in-kernel filesystem clients: cachefiles, nfsd, smb/server. The only filesystems that don't reliably provide the inode are: - kernfs, tracefs which these clients are unlikely to be interested in - cifs in some configurations would need to do a lookup to find the created inode, but doesn't. cifs cannot be exported via NFS, is unlikely to be used by cachefiles, and smb/server only has a soft requirement for the inode, so this is unlikely to be a problem in practice. - hostfs, nfs, cifs may need to do a lookup (rarely for NFS) and it is possible for a race to make that lookup fail. Actual failure is unlikely and providing callers handle negative dentries graceful they will fail-safe. So this patch removes the lookup code in nfsd and smb/server and adjusts them to fail safe if a negative dentry is provided: - cache-files already fails safe by restarting the task from the top - it still does with this change, though it no longer calls cachefiles_put_directory() as that will crash if the dentry is negative. - nfsd reports "Server-fault" which it what it used to do if the lookup failed. This will never happen on any file-systems that it can actually export, so this is of no consequence. I removed the fh_update() call as that is not needed and out-of-place. A subsequent nfsd_create_setattr() call will call fh_update() when needed. - smb/server only wants the inode to call ksmbd_smb_inherit_owner() which updates ->i_uid (without calling notify_change() or similar) which can be safely skipping on cifs (I hope). If a different dentry is returned, the first one is put. If necessary the fact that it is new can be determined by comparing pointers. A new dentry will certainly have a new pointer (as the old is put after the new is obtained). Similarly if an error is returned (via ERR_PTR()) the original dentry is put. Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250227013949.536172-7-neilb@suse.de Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-27 12:32:58 +11:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
rmdir(),rename(): do shrink_dcache_parent() only on success Once upon a time ->rmdir() instances used to check if victim inode had more than one (in-core) reference and failed with -EBUSY if it had. The reason was race avoidance - emptiness check is worthless if somebody could just go and create new objects in the victim directory afterwards. With introduction of dcache the checks had been replaced with checking the refcount of dentry. However, since a cached negative lookup leaves a negative child dentry, such check had lead to false positives - with empty foo/ doing stat foo/bar before rmdir foo ended up with -EBUSY unless the negative dentry of foo/bar happened to be evicted by the time of rmdir(2). That had been fixed by doing shrink_dcache_parent() just before the refcount check. At the same time, ext2_rmdir() has grown a private solution that eliminated those -EBUSY - it did something (setting ->i_size to 0) which made any subsequent ext2_add_entry() fail. Unfortunately, even with shrink_dcache_parent() the check had been racy - after all, the victim itself could be found by dcache lookup just after we'd checked its refcount. That got fixed by a new helper (dentry_unhash()) that did shrink_dcache_parent() and unhashed the sucker if its refcount ended up equal to 1. That got called before ->rmdir(), turning the checks in ->rmdir() instances into "if not unhashed fail with -EBUSY". Which reduced the boilerplate nicely, but had an unpleasant side effect - now shrink_dcache_parent() had been done before the emptiness checks, leading to easily triggerable calls of shrink_dcache_parent() on arbitrary large subtrees, quite possibly nested into each other. Several years later the ext2-private trick had been generalized - (in-core) inodes of dead directories are flagged and calls of lookup, readdir and all directory-modifying methods were prevented in so marked directories. Remaining boilerplate in ->rmdir() instances became redundant and some instances got rid of it. In 2011 the call of dentry_unhash() got shifted into ->rmdir() instances and then killed off in all of them. That has lead to another problem, though - in case of successful rmdir we *want* any (negative) child dentries dropped and the victim itself made negative. There's no point keeping cached negative lookups in foo when we can get the negative lookup of foo itself cached. So shrink_dcache_parent() call had been restored; unfortunately, it went into the place where dentry_unhash() used to be, i.e. before the ->rmdir() call. Note that we don't unhash anymore, so any "is it busy" checks would be racy; fortunately, all of them are gone. We should've done that call right *after* successful ->rmdir(). That reduces contention caused by tree-walking in shrink_dcache_parent() and, especially, contention caused by evictions in two nested subtrees going on in parallel. The same goes for directory-overwriting rename() - the story there had been parallel to that of rmdir(). Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-05-27 16:23:51 -04:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
fsnotify: invalidate dcache before IN_DELETE event Apparently, there are some applications that use IN_DELETE event as an invalidation mechanism and expect that if they try to open a file with the name reported with the delete event, that it should not contain the content of the deleted file. Commit 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") moved the fsnotify delete hook before d_delete() so fsnotify will have access to a positive dentry. This allowed a race where opening the deleted file via cached dentry is now possible after receiving the IN_DELETE event. To fix the regression, create a new hook fsnotify_delete() that takes the unlinked inode as an argument and use a helper d_delete_notify() to pin the inode, so we can pass it to fsnotify_delete() after d_delete(). Backporting hint: this regression is from v5.3. Although patch will apply with only trivial conflicts to v5.4 and v5.10, it won't build, because fsnotify_delete() implementation is different in each of those versions (see fsnotify_link()). A follow up patch will fix the fsnotify_unlink/rmdir() calls in pseudo filesystem that do not need to call d_delete(). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220120215305.282577-1-amir73il@gmail.com Reported-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/YeNyzoDM5hP5LtGW@visor/ Fixes: 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v5.3+ Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2022-01-20 23:53:04 +02:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
fsnotify: invalidate dcache before IN_DELETE event Apparently, there are some applications that use IN_DELETE event as an invalidation mechanism and expect that if they try to open a file with the name reported with the delete event, that it should not contain the content of the deleted file. Commit 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") moved the fsnotify delete hook before d_delete() so fsnotify will have access to a positive dentry. This allowed a race where opening the deleted file via cached dentry is now possible after receiving the IN_DELETE event. To fix the regression, create a new hook fsnotify_delete() that takes the unlinked inode as an argument and use a helper d_delete_notify() to pin the inode, so we can pass it to fsnotify_delete() after d_delete(). Backporting hint: this regression is from v5.3. Although patch will apply with only trivial conflicts to v5.4 and v5.10, it won't build, because fsnotify_delete() implementation is different in each of those versions (see fsnotify_link()). A follow up patch will fix the fsnotify_unlink/rmdir() calls in pseudo filesystem that do not need to call d_delete(). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220120215305.282577-1-amir73il@gmail.com Reported-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/YeNyzoDM5hP5LtGW@visor/ Fixes: 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v5.3+ Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2022-01-20 23:53:04 +02:00
fsnotify: invalidate dcache before IN_DELETE event Apparently, there are some applications that use IN_DELETE event as an invalidation mechanism and expect that if they try to open a file with the name reported with the delete event, that it should not contain the content of the deleted file. Commit 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") moved the fsnotify delete hook before d_delete() so fsnotify will have access to a positive dentry. This allowed a race where opening the deleted file via cached dentry is now possible after receiving the IN_DELETE event. To fix the regression, create a new hook fsnotify_delete() that takes the unlinked inode as an argument and use a helper d_delete_notify() to pin the inode, so we can pass it to fsnotify_delete() after d_delete(). Backporting hint: this regression is from v5.3. Although patch will apply with only trivial conflicts to v5.4 and v5.10, it won't build, because fsnotify_delete() implementation is different in each of those versions (see fsnotify_link()). A follow up patch will fix the fsnotify_unlink/rmdir() calls in pseudo filesystem that do not need to call d_delete(). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220120215305.282577-1-amir73il@gmail.com Reported-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/YeNyzoDM5hP5LtGW@visor/ Fixes: 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v5.3+ Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2022-01-20 23:53:04 +02:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
VFS: introduce start_dirop() and end_dirop() The fact that directory operations (create,remove,rename) are protected by a lock on the parent is known widely throughout the kernel. In order to change this - to instead lock the target dentry - it is best to centralise this knowledge so it can be changed in one place. This patch introduces start_dirop() which is local to VFS code. It performs the required locking for create and remove. Rename will be handled separately. Various functions with names like start_creating() or start_removing_path(), some of which already exist, will export this functionality beyond the VFS. end_dirop() is the partner of start_dirop(). It drops the lock and releases the reference on the dentry. It *is* exported so that various end_creating etc functions can be inline. As vfs_mkdir() drops the dentry on error we cannot use end_dirop() as that won't unlock when the dentry IS_ERR(). For now we need an explicit unlock when dentry IS_ERR(). I hope to change vfs_mkdir() to unlock when it drops a dentry so that explicit unlock can go away. end_dirop() can always be called on the result of start_dirop(), but not after vfs_mkdir(). After a vfs_mkdir() we still may need the explicit unlock as seen in end_creating_path(). As well as adding start_dirop() and end_dirop() this patch uses them in: - simple_start_creating (which requires sharing lookup_noperm_common() with libfs.c) - start_removing_path / start_removing_user_path_at - filename_create / end_creating_path() - do_rmdir(), do_unlinkat() Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-3-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:25 +11:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 14:54:46 -05:00
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 14:54:46 -05:00
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 14:54:46 -05:00
vfs: relax linkat() AT_EMPTY_PATH - aka flink() - requirements "The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results” We've tried to do this before, most recently with commit bb2314b47996 ("fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink") about a decade ago. But the effort goes back even further than that, eg this thread back from 1998 that is so old that we don't even have it archived in lore: https://lkml.org/lkml/1998/3/10/108 which also points out some of the reasons why it's dangerous. Or, how about then in 2003: https://lkml.org/lkml/2003/4/6/112 where we went through some of the same arguments, just wirh different people involved. In particular, having access to a file descriptor does not necessarily mean that you have access to the path that was used for lookup, and there may be very good reasons why you absolutely must not have access to a path to said file. For example, if we were passed a file descriptor from the outside into some limited environment (think chroot, but also user namespaces etc) a 'flink()' system call could now make that file visible inside a context where it's not supposed to be visible. In the process the user may also be able to re-open it with permissions that the original file descriptor did not have (eg a read-only file descriptor may be associated with an underlying file that is writable). Another variation on this is if somebody else (typically root) opens a file in a directory that is not accessible to others, and passes the file descriptor on as a read-only file. Again, the access to the file descriptor does not imply that you should have access to a path to the file in the filesystem. So while we have tried this several times in the past, it never works. The last time we did this, that commit bb2314b47996 quickly got reverted again in commit f0cc6ffb8ce8 (Revert "fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink"), with a note saying "We may re-do this once the whole discussion about the interface is done". Well, the discussion is long done, and didn't come to any resolution. There's no question that 'flink()' would be a useful operation, but it's a dangerous one. However, it does turn out that since 2008 (commit d76b0d9b2d87: "CRED: Use creds in file structs") we have had a fairly straightforward way to check whether the file descriptor was opened by the same credentials as the credentials of the flink(). That allows the most common patterns that people want to use, which tend to be to either open the source carefully (ie using the openat2() RESOLVE_xyz flags, and/or checking ownership with fstat() before linking), or to use O_TMPFILE and fill in the file contents before it's exposed to the world with linkat(). But it also means that if the file descriptor was opened by somebody else, or we've gone through a credentials change since, the operation no longer works (unless we have CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH capabilities in the opener's user namespace, as before). Note that the credential equality check is done by using pointer equality, which means that it's not enough that you have effectively the same user - they have to be literally identical, since our credentials are using copy-on-write semantics. So you can't change your credentials to something else and try to change it back to the same ones between the open() and the linkat(). This is not meant to be some kind of generic permission check, this is literally meant as a "the open and link calls are 'atomic' wrt user credentials" check. It also means that you can't just move things between namespaces, because the credentials aren't just a list of uid's and gid's: they includes the pointer to the user_ns that the capabilities are relative to. So let's try this one more time and see if maybe this approach ends up being workable after all. Cc: Andrew Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240411001012.12513-1-torvalds@linux-foundation.org [brauner: relax capability check to opener of the file] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20231113-undenkbar-gediegen-efde5f1c34bc@brauner Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-04-10 17:10:12 -07:00
vfs: relax linkat() AT_EMPTY_PATH - aka flink() - requirements "The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results” We've tried to do this before, most recently with commit bb2314b47996 ("fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink") about a decade ago. But the effort goes back even further than that, eg this thread back from 1998 that is so old that we don't even have it archived in lore: https://lkml.org/lkml/1998/3/10/108 which also points out some of the reasons why it's dangerous. Or, how about then in 2003: https://lkml.org/lkml/2003/4/6/112 where we went through some of the same arguments, just wirh different people involved. In particular, having access to a file descriptor does not necessarily mean that you have access to the path that was used for lookup, and there may be very good reasons why you absolutely must not have access to a path to said file. For example, if we were passed a file descriptor from the outside into some limited environment (think chroot, but also user namespaces etc) a 'flink()' system call could now make that file visible inside a context where it's not supposed to be visible. In the process the user may also be able to re-open it with permissions that the original file descriptor did not have (eg a read-only file descriptor may be associated with an underlying file that is writable). Another variation on this is if somebody else (typically root) opens a file in a directory that is not accessible to others, and passes the file descriptor on as a read-only file. Again, the access to the file descriptor does not imply that you should have access to a path to the file in the filesystem. So while we have tried this several times in the past, it never works. The last time we did this, that commit bb2314b47996 quickly got reverted again in commit f0cc6ffb8ce8 (Revert "fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink"), with a note saying "We may re-do this once the whole discussion about the interface is done". Well, the discussion is long done, and didn't come to any resolution. There's no question that 'flink()' would be a useful operation, but it's a dangerous one. However, it does turn out that since 2008 (commit d76b0d9b2d87: "CRED: Use creds in file structs") we have had a fairly straightforward way to check whether the file descriptor was opened by the same credentials as the credentials of the flink(). That allows the most common patterns that people want to use, which tend to be to either open the source carefully (ie using the openat2() RESOLVE_xyz flags, and/or checking ownership with fstat() before linking), or to use O_TMPFILE and fill in the file contents before it's exposed to the world with linkat(). But it also means that if the file descriptor was opened by somebody else, or we've gone through a credentials change since, the operation no longer works (unless we have CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH capabilities in the opener's user namespace, as before). Note that the credential equality check is done by using pointer equality, which means that it's not enough that you have effectively the same user - they have to be literally identical, since our credentials are using copy-on-write semantics. So you can't change your credentials to something else and try to change it back to the same ones between the open() and the linkat(). This is not meant to be some kind of generic permission check, this is literally meant as a "the open and link calls are 'atomic' wrt user credentials" check. It also means that you can't just move things between namespaces, because the credentials aren't just a list of uid's and gid's: they includes the pointer to the user_ns that the capabilities are relative to. So let's try this one more time and see if maybe this approach ends up being workable after all. Cc: Andrew Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240411001012.12513-1-torvalds@linux-foundation.org [brauner: relax capability check to opener of the file] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20231113-undenkbar-gediegen-efde5f1c34bc@brauner Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-04-10 17:10:12 -07:00
vfs: relax linkat() AT_EMPTY_PATH - aka flink() - requirements "The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results” We've tried to do this before, most recently with commit bb2314b47996 ("fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink") about a decade ago. But the effort goes back even further than that, eg this thread back from 1998 that is so old that we don't even have it archived in lore: https://lkml.org/lkml/1998/3/10/108 which also points out some of the reasons why it's dangerous. Or, how about then in 2003: https://lkml.org/lkml/2003/4/6/112 where we went through some of the same arguments, just wirh different people involved. In particular, having access to a file descriptor does not necessarily mean that you have access to the path that was used for lookup, and there may be very good reasons why you absolutely must not have access to a path to said file. For example, if we were passed a file descriptor from the outside into some limited environment (think chroot, but also user namespaces etc) a 'flink()' system call could now make that file visible inside a context where it's not supposed to be visible. In the process the user may also be able to re-open it with permissions that the original file descriptor did not have (eg a read-only file descriptor may be associated with an underlying file that is writable). Another variation on this is if somebody else (typically root) opens a file in a directory that is not accessible to others, and passes the file descriptor on as a read-only file. Again, the access to the file descriptor does not imply that you should have access to a path to the file in the filesystem. So while we have tried this several times in the past, it never works. The last time we did this, that commit bb2314b47996 quickly got reverted again in commit f0cc6ffb8ce8 (Revert "fs: Allow unprivileged linkat(..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) aka flink"), with a note saying "We may re-do this once the whole discussion about the interface is done". Well, the discussion is long done, and didn't come to any resolution. There's no question that 'flink()' would be a useful operation, but it's a dangerous one. However, it does turn out that since 2008 (commit d76b0d9b2d87: "CRED: Use creds in file structs") we have had a fairly straightforward way to check whether the file descriptor was opened by the same credentials as the credentials of the flink(). That allows the most common patterns that people want to use, which tend to be to either open the source carefully (ie using the openat2() RESOLVE_xyz flags, and/or checking ownership with fstat() before linking), or to use O_TMPFILE and fill in the file contents before it's exposed to the world with linkat(). But it also means that if the file descriptor was opened by somebody else, or we've gone through a credentials change since, the operation no longer works (unless we have CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH capabilities in the opener's user namespace, as before). Note that the credential equality check is done by using pointer equality, which means that it's not enough that you have effectively the same user - they have to be literally identical, since our credentials are using copy-on-write semantics. So you can't change your credentials to something else and try to change it back to the same ones between the open() and the linkat(). This is not meant to be some kind of generic permission check, this is literally meant as a "the open and link calls are 'atomic' wrt user credentials" check. It also means that you can't just move things between namespaces, because the credentials aren't just a list of uid's and gid's: they includes the pointer to the user_ns that the capabilities are relative to. So let's try this one more time and see if maybe this approach ends up being workable after all. Cc: Andrew Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240411001012.12513-1-torvalds@linux-foundation.org [brauner: relax capability check to opener of the file] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20231113-undenkbar-gediegen-efde5f1c34bc@brauner Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-04-10 17:10:12 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
namei: fix kernel-doc for struct renamedata and more Fix kernel-doc warnings in namei.c: ../fs/namei.c:1149: warning: Excess function parameter 'dir_mode' description in 'may_create_in_sticky' ../fs/namei.c:1149: warning: Excess function parameter 'dir_uid' description in 'may_create_in_sticky' ../fs/namei.c:3396: warning: Function parameter or member 'open_flag' not described in 'vfs_tmpfile' ../fs/namei.c:3396: warning: Excess function parameter 'open_flags' description in 'vfs_tmpfile' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Function parameter or member 'rd' not described in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_mnt_userns' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_dir' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_dentry' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_mnt_userns' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_dir' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_dentry' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'delegated_inode' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'flags' description in 'vfs_rename' Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210216042929.8931-3-rdunlap@infradead.org Fixes: 9fe61450972d ("namei: introduce struct renamedata") Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-02-15 20:29:28 -08:00
rename(): fix the locking of subdirectories We should never lock two subdirectories without having taken ->s_vfs_rename_mutex; inode pointer order or not, the "order" proposed in 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" is not transitive, with the usual consequences. The rationale for locking renamed subdirectory in all cases was the possibility of race between rename modifying .. in a subdirectory to reflect the new parent and another thread modifying the same subdirectory. For a lot of filesystems that's not a problem, but for some it can lead to trouble (e.g. the case when short directory contents is kept in the inode, but creating a file in it might push it across the size limit and copy its contents into separate data block(s)). However, we need that only in case when the parent does change - otherwise ->rename() doesn't need to do anything with .. entry in the first place. Some instances are lazy and do a tautological update anyway, but it's really not hard to avoid. Amended locking rules for rename(): find the parent(s) of source and target if source and target have the same parent lock the common parent else lock ->s_vfs_rename_mutex lock both parents, in ancestor-first order; if neither is an ancestor of another, lock the parent of source first. find the source and target. if source and target have the same parent if operation is an overwriting rename of a subdirectory lock the target subdirectory else if source is a subdirectory lock the source if target is a subdirectory lock the target lock non-directories involved, in inode pointer order if both source and target are such. That way we are guaranteed that parents are locked (for obvious reasons), that any renamed non-directory is locked (nfsd relies upon that), that any victim is locked (emptiness check needs that, among other things) and subdirectory that changes parent is locked (needed to protect the update of .. entries). We are also guaranteed that any operation locking more than one directory either takes ->s_vfs_rename_mutex or locks a parent followed by its child. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2023-11-19 20:25:58 -05:00
rename(): fix the locking of subdirectories We should never lock two subdirectories without having taken ->s_vfs_rename_mutex; inode pointer order or not, the "order" proposed in 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" is not transitive, with the usual consequences. The rationale for locking renamed subdirectory in all cases was the possibility of race between rename modifying .. in a subdirectory to reflect the new parent and another thread modifying the same subdirectory. For a lot of filesystems that's not a problem, but for some it can lead to trouble (e.g. the case when short directory contents is kept in the inode, but creating a file in it might push it across the size limit and copy its contents into separate data block(s)). However, we need that only in case when the parent does change - otherwise ->rename() doesn't need to do anything with .. entry in the first place. Some instances are lazy and do a tautological update anyway, but it's really not hard to avoid. Amended locking rules for rename(): find the parent(s) of source and target if source and target have the same parent lock the common parent else lock ->s_vfs_rename_mutex lock both parents, in ancestor-first order; if neither is an ancestor of another, lock the parent of source first. find the source and target. if source and target have the same parent if operation is an overwriting rename of a subdirectory lock the target subdirectory else if source is a subdirectory lock the source if target is a subdirectory lock the target lock non-directories involved, in inode pointer order if both source and target are such. That way we are guaranteed that parents are locked (for obvious reasons), that any renamed non-directory is locked (nfsd relies upon that), that any victim is locked (emptiness check needs that, among other things) and subdirectory that changes parent is locked (needed to protect the update of .. entries). We are also guaranteed that any operation locking more than one directory either takes ->s_vfs_rename_mutex or locks a parent followed by its child. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2023-11-19 20:25:58 -05:00
rename(): fix the locking of subdirectories We should never lock two subdirectories without having taken ->s_vfs_rename_mutex; inode pointer order or not, the "order" proposed in 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" is not transitive, with the usual consequences. The rationale for locking renamed subdirectory in all cases was the possibility of race between rename modifying .. in a subdirectory to reflect the new parent and another thread modifying the same subdirectory. For a lot of filesystems that's not a problem, but for some it can lead to trouble (e.g. the case when short directory contents is kept in the inode, but creating a file in it might push it across the size limit and copy its contents into separate data block(s)). However, we need that only in case when the parent does change - otherwise ->rename() doesn't need to do anything with .. entry in the first place. Some instances are lazy and do a tautological update anyway, but it's really not hard to avoid. Amended locking rules for rename(): find the parent(s) of source and target if source and target have the same parent lock the common parent else lock ->s_vfs_rename_mutex lock both parents, in ancestor-first order; if neither is an ancestor of another, lock the parent of source first. find the source and target. if source and target have the same parent if operation is an overwriting rename of a subdirectory lock the target subdirectory else if source is a subdirectory lock the source if target is a subdirectory lock the target lock non-directories involved, in inode pointer order if both source and target are such. That way we are guaranteed that parents are locked (for obvious reasons), that any renamed non-directory is locked (nfsd relies upon that), that any victim is locked (emptiness check needs that, among other things) and subdirectory that changes parent is locked (needed to protect the update of .. entries). We are also guaranteed that any operation locking more than one directory either takes ->s_vfs_rename_mutex or locks a parent followed by its child. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2023-11-19 20:25:58 -05:00
rename(): fix the locking of subdirectories We should never lock two subdirectories without having taken ->s_vfs_rename_mutex; inode pointer order or not, the "order" proposed in 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" is not transitive, with the usual consequences. The rationale for locking renamed subdirectory in all cases was the possibility of race between rename modifying .. in a subdirectory to reflect the new parent and another thread modifying the same subdirectory. For a lot of filesystems that's not a problem, but for some it can lead to trouble (e.g. the case when short directory contents is kept in the inode, but creating a file in it might push it across the size limit and copy its contents into separate data block(s)). However, we need that only in case when the parent does change - otherwise ->rename() doesn't need to do anything with .. entry in the first place. Some instances are lazy and do a tautological update anyway, but it's really not hard to avoid. Amended locking rules for rename(): find the parent(s) of source and target if source and target have the same parent lock the common parent else lock ->s_vfs_rename_mutex lock both parents, in ancestor-first order; if neither is an ancestor of another, lock the parent of source first. find the source and target. if source and target have the same parent if operation is an overwriting rename of a subdirectory lock the target subdirectory else if source is a subdirectory lock the source if target is a subdirectory lock the target lock non-directories involved, in inode pointer order if both source and target are such. That way we are guaranteed that parents are locked (for obvious reasons), that any renamed non-directory is locked (nfsd relies upon that), that any victim is locked (emptiness check needs that, among other things) and subdirectory that changes parent is locked (needed to protect the update of .. entries). We are also guaranteed that any operation locking more than one directory either takes ->s_vfs_rename_mutex or locks a parent followed by its child. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2023-11-19 20:25:58 -05:00
rename(): fix the locking of subdirectories We should never lock two subdirectories without having taken ->s_vfs_rename_mutex; inode pointer order or not, the "order" proposed in 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" is not transitive, with the usual consequences. The rationale for locking renamed subdirectory in all cases was the possibility of race between rename modifying .. in a subdirectory to reflect the new parent and another thread modifying the same subdirectory. For a lot of filesystems that's not a problem, but for some it can lead to trouble (e.g. the case when short directory contents is kept in the inode, but creating a file in it might push it across the size limit and copy its contents into separate data block(s)). However, we need that only in case when the parent does change - otherwise ->rename() doesn't need to do anything with .. entry in the first place. Some instances are lazy and do a tautological update anyway, but it's really not hard to avoid. Amended locking rules for rename(): find the parent(s) of source and target if source and target have the same parent lock the common parent else lock ->s_vfs_rename_mutex lock both parents, in ancestor-first order; if neither is an ancestor of another, lock the parent of source first. find the source and target. if source and target have the same parent if operation is an overwriting rename of a subdirectory lock the target subdirectory else if source is a subdirectory lock the source if target is a subdirectory lock the target lock non-directories involved, in inode pointer order if both source and target are such. That way we are guaranteed that parents are locked (for obvious reasons), that any renamed non-directory is locked (nfsd relies upon that), that any victim is locked (emptiness check needs that, among other things) and subdirectory that changes parent is locked (needed to protect the update of .. entries). We are also guaranteed that any operation locking more than one directory either takes ->s_vfs_rename_mutex or locks a parent followed by its child. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2023-11-19 20:25:58 -05:00
2013-10-04 19:15:13 -07:00
rmdir(),rename(): do shrink_dcache_parent() only on success Once upon a time ->rmdir() instances used to check if victim inode had more than one (in-core) reference and failed with -EBUSY if it had. The reason was race avoidance - emptiness check is worthless if somebody could just go and create new objects in the victim directory afterwards. With introduction of dcache the checks had been replaced with checking the refcount of dentry. However, since a cached negative lookup leaves a negative child dentry, such check had lead to false positives - with empty foo/ doing stat foo/bar before rmdir foo ended up with -EBUSY unless the negative dentry of foo/bar happened to be evicted by the time of rmdir(2). That had been fixed by doing shrink_dcache_parent() just before the refcount check. At the same time, ext2_rmdir() has grown a private solution that eliminated those -EBUSY - it did something (setting ->i_size to 0) which made any subsequent ext2_add_entry() fail. Unfortunately, even with shrink_dcache_parent() the check had been racy - after all, the victim itself could be found by dcache lookup just after we'd checked its refcount. That got fixed by a new helper (dentry_unhash()) that did shrink_dcache_parent() and unhashed the sucker if its refcount ended up equal to 1. That got called before ->rmdir(), turning the checks in ->rmdir() instances into "if not unhashed fail with -EBUSY". Which reduced the boilerplate nicely, but had an unpleasant side effect - now shrink_dcache_parent() had been done before the emptiness checks, leading to easily triggerable calls of shrink_dcache_parent() on arbitrary large subtrees, quite possibly nested into each other. Several years later the ext2-private trick had been generalized - (in-core) inodes of dead directories are flagged and calls of lookup, readdir and all directory-modifying methods were prevented in so marked directories. Remaining boilerplate in ->rmdir() instances became redundant and some instances got rid of it. In 2011 the call of dentry_unhash() got shifted into ->rmdir() instances and then killed off in all of them. That has lead to another problem, though - in case of successful rmdir we *want* any (negative) child dentries dropped and the victim itself made negative. There's no point keeping cached negative lookups in foo when we can get the negative lookup of foo itself cached. So shrink_dcache_parent() call had been restored; unfortunately, it went into the place where dentry_unhash() used to be, i.e. before the ->rmdir() call. Note that we don't unhash anymore, so any "is it busy" checks would be racy; fortunately, all of them are gone. We should've done that call right *after* successful ->rmdir(). That reduces contention caused by tree-walking in shrink_dcache_parent() and, especially, contention caused by evictions in two nested subtrees going on in parallel. The same goes for directory-overwriting rename() - the story there had been parallel to that of rmdir(). Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-05-27 16:23:51 -04:00
rmdir(),rename(): do shrink_dcache_parent() only on success Once upon a time ->rmdir() instances used to check if victim inode had more than one (in-core) reference and failed with -EBUSY if it had. The reason was race avoidance - emptiness check is worthless if somebody could just go and create new objects in the victim directory afterwards. With introduction of dcache the checks had been replaced with checking the refcount of dentry. However, since a cached negative lookup leaves a negative child dentry, such check had lead to false positives - with empty foo/ doing stat foo/bar before rmdir foo ended up with -EBUSY unless the negative dentry of foo/bar happened to be evicted by the time of rmdir(2). That had been fixed by doing shrink_dcache_parent() just before the refcount check. At the same time, ext2_rmdir() has grown a private solution that eliminated those -EBUSY - it did something (setting ->i_size to 0) which made any subsequent ext2_add_entry() fail. Unfortunately, even with shrink_dcache_parent() the check had been racy - after all, the victim itself could be found by dcache lookup just after we'd checked its refcount. That got fixed by a new helper (dentry_unhash()) that did shrink_dcache_parent() and unhashed the sucker if its refcount ended up equal to 1. That got called before ->rmdir(), turning the checks in ->rmdir() instances into "if not unhashed fail with -EBUSY". Which reduced the boilerplate nicely, but had an unpleasant side effect - now shrink_dcache_parent() had been done before the emptiness checks, leading to easily triggerable calls of shrink_dcache_parent() on arbitrary large subtrees, quite possibly nested into each other. Several years later the ext2-private trick had been generalized - (in-core) inodes of dead directories are flagged and calls of lookup, readdir and all directory-modifying methods were prevented in so marked directories. Remaining boilerplate in ->rmdir() instances became redundant and some instances got rid of it. In 2011 the call of dentry_unhash() got shifted into ->rmdir() instances and then killed off in all of them. That has lead to another problem, though - in case of successful rmdir we *want* any (negative) child dentries dropped and the victim itself made negative. There's no point keeping cached negative lookups in foo when we can get the negative lookup of foo itself cached. So shrink_dcache_parent() call had been restored; unfortunately, it went into the place where dentry_unhash() used to be, i.e. before the ->rmdir() call. Note that we don't unhash anymore, so any "is it busy" checks would be racy; fortunately, all of them are gone. We should've done that call right *after* successful ->rmdir(). That reduces contention caused by tree-walking in shrink_dcache_parent() and, especially, contention caused by evictions in two nested subtrees going on in parallel. The same goes for directory-overwriting rename() - the story there had been parallel to that of rmdir(). Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-05-27 16:23:51 -04:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
rename(): fix the locking of subdirectories We should never lock two subdirectories without having taken ->s_vfs_rename_mutex; inode pointer order or not, the "order" proposed in 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" is not transitive, with the usual consequences. The rationale for locking renamed subdirectory in all cases was the possibility of race between rename modifying .. in a subdirectory to reflect the new parent and another thread modifying the same subdirectory. For a lot of filesystems that's not a problem, but for some it can lead to trouble (e.g. the case when short directory contents is kept in the inode, but creating a file in it might push it across the size limit and copy its contents into separate data block(s)). However, we need that only in case when the parent does change - otherwise ->rename() doesn't need to do anything with .. entry in the first place. Some instances are lazy and do a tautological update anyway, but it's really not hard to avoid. Amended locking rules for rename(): find the parent(s) of source and target if source and target have the same parent lock the common parent else lock ->s_vfs_rename_mutex lock both parents, in ancestor-first order; if neither is an ancestor of another, lock the parent of source first. find the source and target. if source and target have the same parent if operation is an overwriting rename of a subdirectory lock the target subdirectory else if source is a subdirectory lock the source if target is a subdirectory lock the target lock non-directories involved, in inode pointer order if both source and target are such. That way we are guaranteed that parents are locked (for obvious reasons), that any renamed non-directory is locked (nfsd relies upon that), that any victim is locked (emptiness check needs that, among other things) and subdirectory that changes parent is locked (needed to protect the update of .. entries). We are also guaranteed that any operation locking more than one directory either takes ->s_vfs_rename_mutex or locks a parent followed by its child. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 28eceeda130f "fs: Lock moved directories" Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2023-11-19 20:25:58 -05:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
VFS/nfsd/ovl: introduce start_renaming() and end_renaming() start_renaming() combines name lookup and locking to prepare for rename. It is used when two names need to be looked up as in nfsd and overlayfs - cases where one or both dentries are already available will be handled separately. __start_renaming() avoids the inode_permission check and hash calculation and is suitable after filename_parentat() in do_renameat2(). It subsumes quite a bit of code from that function. start_renaming() does calculate the hash and check X permission and is suitable elsewhere: - nfsd_rename() - ovl_rename() In ovl, ovl_do_rename_rd() is factored out of ovl_do_rename(), which itself will be gone by the end of the series. Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> (for nfsd parts) Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name> -- Changes since v3: - added missig dput() in ovl_rename when "whiteout" is not-NULL. Changes since v2: - in __start_renaming() some label have been renamed, and err is always set before a "goto out_foo" rather than passing the error in a dentry*. - ovl_do_rename() changed to call the new ovl_do_rename_rd() rather than keeping duplicate code - code around ovl_cleanup() call in ovl_rename() restructured. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251113002050.676694-11-neilb@ownmail.net Tested-by: syzbot@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-11-13 11:18:33 +11:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
mm: fs: initialize fsdata passed to write_begin/write_end interface Functions implementing the a_ops->write_end() interface accept the `void *fsdata` parameter that is supposed to be initialized by the corresponding a_ops->write_begin() (which accepts `void **fsdata`). However not all a_ops->write_begin() implementations initialize `fsdata` unconditionally, so it may get passed uninitialized to a_ops->write_end(), resulting in undefined behavior. Fix this by initializing fsdata with NULL before the call to write_begin(), rather than doing so in all possible a_ops implementations. This patch covers only the following cases found by running x86 KMSAN under syzkaller: - generic_perform_write() - cont_expand_zero() and generic_cont_expand_simple() - page_symlink() Other cases of passing uninitialized fsdata may persist in the codebase. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20220915150417.722975-43-glider@google.com Signed-off-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Cc: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@gmail.com> Cc: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com> Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com> Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@kernel.org> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Cc: Ilya Leoshkevich <iii@linux.ibm.com> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Marco Elver <elver@google.com> Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com> Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com> Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com> Cc: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com> Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
2022-09-15 17:04:16 +02:00